1976/77 CALENDAR V Capilano College Calendar 1976 -77 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. Telephone 986-1911 V7J 3H5 A Publicly Supported Community College Serving North Vancouver, West Vancouver and Howe Sound School District Table of Contents I II III IV V VI Admission Information Academic Information General Information Programs of Study 1976-77 Career Programs Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses VII College Courses Index PAGE 7 11 16 21 25 53 54 124 Photographs by DAVE HARPER, C A L BARRETT & BEV OLANDT Compiled by Hersh Cramer Typesetting & Layout by Vancouver Insta-Set Printing & Design by Mitchell Press Capilano College College Facilities 1976/77 The 1976-1977 academic year marks the beginning of our ninth year as a college. During those years, Capilano College has grown both in size and prestige. Our enrollments reflect continuing response from the community, and we now have an extensive number of course offerings through the Community Education Department in addition to the regular courses described In this calendar. Capilano College is presently offering an interesting selection of both credit and non-credit courses. It is possible to earn a two-year diploma, follow a one-year Certificate program that affords transfer opportunities to B.C.l.T. and the universities, or enrol in Vocational and special interest courses. If you are a young person . . . through your community college, you have the opportunity to try some university courses (at a relatively modest cost) to determine whether you want to go on to a university degree. If you are an adult who has been away from school for a long time, the College offers mature entry to the academic programs and after completing two successful years, you would normally qualify for university entrance. If you are a working person, the college has a wide variety of courses to interest you and perhaps enhance your career. Our faculty and staff are eager to welcome you, we want to offer our help in contributing to your success. v 1 The College's main facility is located between Purcell Way and Lillooet Road in North Vancouver. Lynnmour South has approximately 50,000 square feet of space which opened in August 1973. North of the original buildings 73,000 square feet of pre-fabricated buildings were acquired and opened in September 1975. Phase I Expansion, expected to be completed by September 1976, will add a permanent structure of 51,757 square feet of additional space. This will be in the form of a four storey building and a Dynamics Lab located in a separate building. To date the College has had such areas as Purchasing, the Business Office, Personnel Department, the Workshop, and Art Centre located off campus. With the completion of Phase I Expansion these areas will be able to return to the main campus. Construction of an all-weather playing field located south of the original buildings, has been completed and it is now in use. Completion of a fieldhouse adjacent to the playing field will enable the use of a Universal Gym, saunas, lockers and showers. The College still operates many classes off campus in North and West Vancouver and also in the Squamish Learning Centre. The Community Education Division offers non-credit classes in 20 different locations on the North Shore and Squamish as well. The 1976/77 College Year The College year is divided into two terms of approximately fifteen weeks each. 12 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. 22 Spring Term Mail Registration begins. English Screening Exams for Spring 1977 Term held during November 22nd and December 10th. Times and locations to be announced. 22 FALL TERM 1976 August 2 Legal Holiday. College closed. 3-13 Final period for Fall 1976 mail registration. December 10 English Screening Exams held during 3 - 1 3 . Times and locations to be announced. 23 31 September 1 -3 Deadlines for submission of petitions for readmission to the 1976 Fall Term. In person registration and payment of fees for all former students — 2:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. English Screening Exams held during August 31st and September 9th Labour Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. 7 Classes commence. 7-9 9 October 1 October 11 November 11 17 Last day of classes. 25 Christmas Day. Official Holiday. College closed. 26 Boxing Day. Official Holiday. College closed. SPRING TERM 1977 In person registration and payment of fees for new and former students — daily 2:00 p.m. -9:00 p.m. Registration closes Friday, September 3rd 5:00 p.m. 6 Spring Term Mail Registration ends. Late Registration and payment of fees including late fees assessed at $5.00 per course to a maximum of $25.00 now in effect — daily 2:00 p.m. 9:00 p.m. Last day for course and section changes. Last day for English Screening Exams. Final date for Deferred fee payment to be submitted to the Bursar. Thanksgiving Day. Official Holiday. College closed. Remembrance Day. Official Holiday. College closed. 2 January 1 New Year's Day. Official Holiday. College closed. 3 In person registration and payment of fees for all former students 2:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. 3-7 English Screening Exams held during this week. Times and locations to be announced. 4 Deadline for submission of petitions for readmission for the 1977 Spring Term. 4-6 In person registration and payment of fees for new and former students daily — 2:00 p.m.-9:00 p.m. Registration closes Thursday January 6th 5:00 p.m. 10 Classes commence. Late registration in effect. 10-12 Late registration and payment of fees including late fees assessed at $5.00 per course to a maximum of $25.00 now in effect — daily 2:00 p.m. 5:00 p.m. Late registration closes Wednesday January 12th, 5:00 p.m. 12 Last day for course and section changes. 14 Deadline for appealing Fall Term 1976 grades. February 1 Final date for Deferred fee payment to be submitted to the Bursar. 24-25 Mid Term Break. A L L classes cancelled. College Open. March 11 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. April 1 Mail Registration for Summer Term 1977 commences. July 1 15 Dominion Day. Official iday. College closed. Hol- Deadline for appealing Summer Term 1977 grades. NOTE: As this calendar is published well before the opening of the session, the College reserves the right to make whatever changes circumstances require including the addition or cancellation of courses. English Screening Exams to be held for Summer Term 1977. 8 Good Friday. Official Holiday College closed. 11 Easter Monday. Official Holiday. College closed. 22 Mail registration for Summer Term ends. 22 Last day of classes. 1976-1977 Executive Officers D.K. J a r d i n e , A c t i n g P r i n c i p a l T. H o l l i c k - K e n y o n , D e a n of S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s a n d R e g i s t r a r D e a n of A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s , to be a n n o u n c e d H . B . K i r c h n e r , D e a n of C a r e e r P r o g r a m s SUMMER TERM 1977 May 2 Deadline for submission of petitions for readmission to Summer Term 1977. 3-5 Registration for Summer Term, Tuesday and Wednesday 2:00 p.m.-9:00 p.m. Registration closes Thursday 5:00 p.m. D. S m i t , D e a n of C o m m u n i t y E d u c a t i o n A . P . D . S m i t h , D i r e c t o r of P l a n n i n g K.H.Thiel, Bursar College Council English Screening Exams held for the Summer/Fall 1977 Terms. Times and location to be announced. May 9 Mr. Cliff R. A d k i n s Mr. N o r m A l b a n Mr. Wilf B e n n e t t Mr. D u n c a n B r o w n Mr. R o b e r t B u r n e t t Dr. F r a n c e s B u r s t e i n M r . Ian G . E d g a r Mr. T . B . M . (Slim) F o u g b e r g Mrs. Cecilia Low Mr. T . J . (Jim) M a c D o n a l d ( C h a i r m a n ) M s . Pat P o p e Mr. P . C . D . (Peter) P o w e l l Dr. R o b e r t R e n n i e Mrs. Hilda Rizun (Vice-Chairman) Dr. Lalit M . S r i v a s t a v a Mr. J a c k K. S t r a t h e r s Mr. David S . W i l l i a m s Classes commence. Late Registration and payment of fees including late fees assessed at $5.00 per course. 11 Last day for course and section changes. 13 Deadline for appealing Spring Term 1977 grades. 16 Final date for Deferred fees to be submitted to the Bursar. 24 Victoria Day. Official Holiday. College closed. June 3 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. 24 Last day of classes. 3 C l a r k , H., B . H . E . (Brit. Col.), T.T. D i p l . (Brit. Col.), D i p l . A l l i a n c e F r a n c a i s e (Paris), R e t a i l F a s h i o n a n d C o ordinator Faculty C l a r k , S . , B . S . ( P o r t l a n d State), L . L . B . (Brit. C o l . ) , B u s i n e s s A d l e r , M.T., B.A. (Toronto), M . S . W . (Brit. Col.), Early C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n (part-time) M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) Clifford, J . , B.A. ( U . B . C ) , M.A. ( U . B . C ) , English A f f l e c k , D.E., B.A. (Sask.), B . E . (Sask.), M . L i b . (Wash.), Head Librarian C o n n e l l , P.L., B.A. (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h , Communications C o s s e t t e , A . , B . A . (Laval), B. P . E d . (Laval), D . E . S . (Laval), F r e n c h (part-time) C o t t e r , E . H . , B . F . A . ( O k l a h o m a ) , M.A. ( P e n n State), M . F . A . (Oklahoma), Art C o u p e , R., B.A. (Tasmania), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h (part-time) C o u p e y , P L . , B . A . ( M c G i l l ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h C r e e r , B., B . E d . (Brit. Col.), O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n (part-time) A l b o r g , G . , B.A. (Reading), M.A. (Brit. Col.), S t a n d . T e a c h . (U.K.) L i f e C r e d i t (San Diego), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e and Office Technology. A l d e r s o n , S . A . , B.A. (Antioch), M . A . ( O h i o State), E n g l i s h (part-time) A m o n , N . E . , B . A . (Kent) M . A . ( S i m o n Fraser), E c o n o m i c s , Social S c i e n c e Budget Co-ordinator Andrews, M., B.A. (Denison), Armstrong, Athaide, K., T h e a t r e M.A. (Brit. Col.), & Women's D., B . S c . ( M c G i l l ) Studies History (part-time) M . S c . Prof. T e a c h e r ' s C u m e l l a , A . W . M . , B.A. (York), P r i m a r y S p e c i a l i s t C e r t . (Toronto), P e r m . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (Toronto), Interim Prof. C e r t . B . C . , G r a d u a t e D i p l . (Brit. Col.), E a r l y Childhood Education Deas-Dawlish, C , M.A. (Aberdeen), B u s i n e s s Management (part-time) Cert. (Brit. Col.), B . T . S . D . A v e r y , D.P., B . A . (York), M . E d . (Toronto), P s y c h o l o g y A z a r o f f , P., B.A. ( H e b . U. — Israel), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s a n d Coordinator B a g s h a w , R., B. C o m . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Colorado), M . E d . (Brit. Col.), C o u n s e l l o r a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r B a n n i s t e r , J . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), B . S . W . (Brit. Col.), C e r t , of E d . (Oxford), M . E d . (Toronto) N a t . D i p l . D i s t r i b . Cert., Dip. E d . (Oxford), B . T . S . D . B a r b a z u k , W m . , B.A. (Sask.) B . E d . (Sask.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) D i x o n , J . E . , B . A . (Brit. Col.) P h . D . (Brit. Col.), P h i l o s o p h y (part-time) a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r of F i n e A r t s , R e l i g i o u s Studies, Philosophy and Humanities D o l p h i n , D.R., B . A . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . B . A . (Berkley), M . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t D o w , B., R.I.A., B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t , (part-time) D u v a l l , J . E . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), D i p l . E d . (Sask.), B . T . S . D . B a s h a m , D.F., O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n D y k e , S . L , Inst. T e c h . a n d A r t (Calgary), A r t B a t t e r s b y , M., B.A. (N.Y.U.), P h i l o s o p h y (part-time) E a s t c o t t , R.W., S r . C e r t . ( V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l of Art), B e l l m a i n e , M . , A . A . ( C o l o r a d o W o m e n ' s Col.), B.A. (Stanford), M . A . ( C a l . State), E n g l i s h , C o - o r d i n a t o r , Literature Bennett, M . L , B . E d . E l e m . (Brit. Col.), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) E c c l e s , E . M . , R . N . (St. P a u l s H o s p . ) , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M . A . B e n n e t t , R . B . , B . S c . ( S i m o n Fraser), M . S c . ( S i m o n Fraser), M . S c . ( L o n d o n - U.K.), D.I.C. (Imperial), B i o l o g y (parttime) B e n t l e y , A . E . T . , B . S c . (Brit. Col.), A . M . ( M i s s o u r i ) , P h . D . (Missouri), M a t h e m a t i c s F a h l m a n , M . K . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Toronto), E n g l i s h (part-time), C o - o r d i n a t o r , C o m p o s i t i o n F a l l s , L , A . R . C . T . (Toronto), B. M u s . (Brit. Col.), M . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) M u s i c F a r b e r , C M . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , A n t h r o p o l o g y (part-time) F a w c e t t , S . , B . A . (S.F.U.), M.A. (S.F.U.), E n g l i s h (part-time) F e a t h e r s t o n , W . L . , B . A . ( W e s t . Ont.), A r t (part-time) F i t z - E a r l e , M . , B . S c . ( N o t t i n g h a m ) , M . S c . (Toronto), P h . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , P s y c h o l o g y (part-time) E w i n g , K . J . , B . A . ( M i c h i g a n ) , M . S c . ( M i c h i g a n ) , G e o g . , Outdoor Rec. and S o c . Sci., External Co-ordinator B e s t , E.R., B . S c . (Man.), M . S c . (Man.), R e t a i l F a s h i o n (parttime) B i g g i n s , P., B.A. ( M a n c h e s t e r ) , A . L . A . ( C o l l e g e T e c h M a n chester), B . L S . (Toronto), M . L . S . (Toronto), M.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), R e f e r e n c e a n d C i r c u l a t i o n L i b r a r i a n B i z z o c c h i , J . V . , B . A . ( M i c h i g a n ) , T e a c h i n g C e r t . (Sec.) (Michigan), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s B o y d e , J . E . , B.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n (part-time) B r a d b u r y , B., B.A. ( V i c t o r i a U of W e l l i n g t o n , N.Z.), M.A. (Toronto), B i o l o g y F l a d e l l , E., A d v e r t i s i n g C o u r s e C . C . N . Y . , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) F o r d , R . E . , G r a d . R . C . A . F . , S c h o o l of P h o t o g r a p h y (Ontario), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s (part-time) F o r s t , C , B.A. (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h F o s t e r , H . R . K . , B.A. ( Q u e e n ' s ) , M.A., L L B . (Brit. C o l . ) , (part-time). A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h nology F r e e m a n , M . B . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . ( C a l . Tech.), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), P h y s i c s F r y e , E., B.A. ( C o l u m b i a U.), Early C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n (part-time) F u r s t e n w a l d , C , B.A. ( M e x i c o ) , S p a n i s h (part-time) ( S i m o n Fraser), H i s t o r y (part-time) B r o w n , J . , B . S c . (Man.), P . G . (Van. G e n . ) , E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n (part-time) B r o w n , T . J . , B . S c . (Bristol), G e o g r a p h y (part-time) B u c k l e y , B., B.A. (Calif.), E n g l i s h (part-time) B u r s t e i n , F., B.A. ( W a s h . S t . L o u i s ) , M.A. ( B o s t o n ) , P h . D . (Boston), E n g l i s h , H u m a n i t i e s Bury, N., B.A. (Brit. Col.) A . C . I . , A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Art Science G a l l a c h e r , R . J . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), T e a c h e r s C e r t . (Brit. C o l . ) , M.A. (Brit. Col.), R e l i g i o n (part-time) a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) B u s s w o o d , K.L., B . A . H o n . (Brit. C o l . ) , S o c i o l o g y (part-time) G a r g r a v e , A . J . , L L B . (Brit. C o l . ) , A d m i n i s t r a t i v e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) B u t l e r , W m . H., C i t y a n d G u i l d D i p l . B r o a d c a s t E n g i n e e r i n g and T e c h . G r a p h i c s , M e d i a R e s o u r c e s Science G i b s o n , W m . G . , B . A . (Sask.), D i p . E d . (Sask.), D i p . E d . C a i r n s , M., B . S c . (Calgary), T e a c h e r " S " C e r t . (Calgary), (Calgary), M . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , B i o l o g y a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r B.T.S.D. C a r t e r , S . , B.A. ( L o u i s i a n a ) , C e r t , of E d . ( L o u i s i a n a ) , M . of L i b . (Wash.), L i b r a r i a n — R e f e r e n c e a n d O r i e n t a t i o n G i l b e r t , S . R . , B.A. (Victoria), M . A . Humanities Division Chairman 4 (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h ; G l a s s , R., B.A. (Calif.), M.A. (Southern Cal.), F r e n c h (parttime) M a h , J . G . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), B . S . W . (Toronto), C o u n s e l l o r Marlatt, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Indiana), English M a r s h a l l , D.F., E l e m . " B " Cert. B . C . , A r t , (part-time) G r o v e s , P.A., B.A. (Toronto), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), S o c i o l o g y G r u e n , F., B. M a n a g e m e n t D.S., (part-time) Goff, W m . S., B . S c , (Victoria), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), M a t h e m a t i c s M a r x , S . , A . B . ( C o l u m b i a ) , M.A. (Stanford), E n g l i s h Eng. (Rennsselaer), (Polytech- M c G i l l i v r a y , B . P . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), G e o g r a p h y n i q u e Inst.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) H a n k i n , B., B . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Wash.), G e r m a n Mcintosh, and C, B. Com. (Brit. Col.) C.G.A. (Brit. Col.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) C o - o r d i n a t o r (part-time) M c K e o w n , T., B . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h (part-time) H e n r y , M.I., B.A. (Alta.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h y s i c s (part-time) H i n d , J . , B.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), B . T . S . D . M c L a r e n , D., C e r t . S h e r i d a n C o l l e g e S c h o o l of H i n d m a r c h , G . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit. Col.), E n g l i s h Design, B . H . S c . ( G u e l p h ) , Art H o d g i n s , B.W., B . P . E . (Brit. Col.), O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n , (part-time) H o l l i c k - K e n y o n , T., B.A. (Brit. C o l . ) , B . S . W . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S . W . (Brit. Col.), D e a n of S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s a n d Registrar M e e s , M., Art (part-time) M i c h a e l s , L., B . S c . (Alta.), B. E d . (Alta.), C o m m u n i c a t i o n s a n d B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) M o e , S . E . , B.A. ( A m e r i c a s ) , M . A . (Mexico), P s y c h o l o g y a n d Women's Studies Irvine, R . F . , T e a c h e r T r a i n i n g C e r t . (Sask.), B . T . S . D . (parttime) M o l n a r , F . S . , D i p l . F i n e A r t s (Pennsylvania), Art Fraser), H i s t o r y (part-time) M . A . ( S i m o n Fraser), C o m - M o s e l e y , B., B.A. (Calif.), M . B . A . (Calif.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) N a u m a n n , R., V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l of Art, Cert, a n d Credential, (Instituto A l l e n d e ) , Art (part-time) N o b l e , N . B . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (parttime) N o d w e l l , A . K . , B . M u s . (Brit. Col.), M . M u s . (Victoria), M u s i c (part-time) N o r r i s , R.W., C h a r t e r e d A c c o u n t a n t C e r t . , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) O ' C o n n o r , R., G r a d . R y e r s o n P o l y t e c h n i c a l Institute, B u s iness Management van d e n O u d e n , C , G r a p h i c D i p l . V a n c o u v e r , M e d i a R e sources P a p e , A . G . , B.A. (Toronto), M.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), M e d i a Resources P a r e i s , E . N . , B . S c . (Rutgers), P h . D . (Texas), P s y c h o l o g y P a s s , J . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), B . T . S . D . K i n g a n , E . N . , N.D.D. (Blackpool), A . T . D . (Manchester), T e a c h ers C e r t . ( M a n c h e s t e r ) , T e a c h e r s C e r t . B . C . , Art a n d Co-ordinator P a u l s o n , J . C . , B . F . A . ( P a c i f i c Lutheran), Art, (part-time) P e n n , M . H . , B . A . (Alta.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), C o u n s e l l o r P l a n t , L.P., I.D., A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) K i r c h n e r , H.B., B . E d . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . ( S i m o n Fraser), P e r m . B . C . T e a c h i n g Cert., D e a n of C a r e e r P r o g r a m s P l e c a s , T., B . E d . (Victoria), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) J a n t z e n , D., B . A . ( U . B . C ) , M . A . (York), E n g l i s h (part-time) J a r d i n e , D.K., B.A. S c . (Toronto), P h . D . (Calgary), C h e m i s t r y , Acting Principal Jelensky, M., St. J o h n ' s Red C r o s s , Outdoor (part-time) Recreation, 1 J e n s e n , J . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . ( U . B . C ) , F i n e A r t s (part-time) J o n e s , D., B . A . (Dalhousie), M . A . (Dalhousie), Counsellor K a s s a m , N., L L . M (Yale), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) K e l g a r d , D.S., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit. Col.), A n t h r o p o l o g y (part-time) K e l l i n g t o n , P., A . A . S . , M e d i a S p e c . C e r t . ( C a p . Coll.), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s (part-time) K e m p o , O., B . A . (Alta.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), French Kilgore, G.S., M.A. (Simon K i l i a n , C , B.A. (Columbia), munications K i s s , A . , B . E d . S e c . (Brit. Col.), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y , (part-time) Science and P o d o l a k , P., R e t a i l F a s h i o n (part-time) P r i c e , C M . , B . S . M u s . (Danbury K o b y l a n s k y , K.A. B . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M u s i c and Co-ordinator K o w a l l , T.W., A . B . (Stanford), M . A . (Brandeis), A s s i s t a n c e Program Director Science State), M . A . (Columbia), M . S . C . (Oregon), R e f e r e n c e L i b r a r i a n P r i e s t e r , C . L . F . C . B . A . (Queens), B . A . (Sir G e o r g e W i l l i a m s ) , Learning M.A. (Brit. Col.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t a n d Co-ordinator P r i t c h a r d , H., B . A . (Alberta) M e d i a R e s o u r c e s L a v a l l e , E . M . , B . C o m m . (Brit. Col.), L L . B . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Duke), P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (part-time) R e a d , D.W., B . A . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h . D . ( M c G i l l ) , L e C o u t e u r , P., B . S c . ( A u c k l a n d ) , (Calif.), C h e m i s t r y R e i d , B., B.A. (Alta.) C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Lee, M . S c . (Auckland), G . , B . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . (Brit. Division Chairman Natural S c i e n c e Col.), Chemistry Ph.D. R e i d , F., M . A . (Edinburgh), F r e n c h R e n f o r t h , J . , D i p . E l e c t r o n i c T e c h . ( V a n c o u v e r City) M e d i a Resources R e n n i e , L . J . M . , B.A. ( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ) , Early C h i l d h o o d Physics, Leflufy, R., B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) L e s k a r d , S . , D i p l . (St. M a r t i n ' s L o n d o n ) , Art E d u c a t i o n (part-time) Little, D.V., R . N . (St. P a u l ' s ) , P . H . N . (Brit. Col.), Early C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n , E d u c a t i o n a n d C o m m e r c e (parttime) L i n d , K . M . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit. Col.), R e n n i e , R., B . S . ( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ) , M . S . ( B r i g h a m Young), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), M a t h e m a t i c s a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r R e v e l e y , M.T., B . M u s . (Brit. Col.), M u s i c (part-time) R i c h a r d s , V., S e n i o r L i t i g a t i o n S e c r e t a r y , L e g a l A s s i s t a n t , A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (parttime) Anthropology L i n s c h o t e n , R., B . A . A . (Toronto) M e d i a R e s o u r c e s M a c K i n l a y , J . D . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (N.Y. State), E n g l i s h (part-time) R i c h m o n d , L . J . , M.Art. E d . ( W e s t e r n W a s h . S t a t e C o l l e g e ) , T e a c h e r C e r t . ( L o n d o n , E n g l a n d ) , Art (part-time) M a c l a g a n , D.T., A . O . C . A . , R.I.D.I.A., I . D . C , Art (part-time) M a c N e i l l , M., B . A . (Alta.), M . A . (Man.), P h . D . (Calgary), Psychology R i c k e r , N.A., B . A . (Calif.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), B i o l o g y a n d O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n 5 R i d g e w e l l , C . A . , B . S c . ( S o u t h a m p t o n ) , M . A . ( S i m o n Fraser), Sociology, Social S c i e n c e s , Personnel and Evaluation C o - o r d i a n t o r (part-time) R o b i n s o n , D.D., C h a r t e r e d a g e m e n t (part-time) Accountant, Business Man- R o d g e r , E.R. ( L o n d o n , Eng.), R e t a i l F a s h i o n R o s e n b e r g , A . C , B . A . (Toronto), M . A . (Toronto), F i n e A r t s (part-time) R o s s , B.A., B. J o u r n a l i s m ( M i s s o u r i ) , T e a c h e r s C e r t . (Brit. Col.), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) S a l t e r , R., B.A. (N.Y. State), M . A . (N.Y. State), S o c i o l o g y S a n g u i n e t t i , S . P . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , P o l i t i c a l Science S a y r e , J . , B . S . B . A . (Denver), M.A. (Boston), E c o n o m i c s S c h e i n , L., B.A. (Stanford), M.A. (Sask.), P s y c h o l o g y (parttime) S c h e r m b r u c k e r , W m . G . , B.A. ( C a p e t o w n ) , P. G r a d , C e r t , in E d . (London), M . A . (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , English S i d d a l l , P., R o y a l C o l l e g e of Art, L o n d o n , E n g l a n d , R e t a i l F a s h i o n (part-time) S i e g r i s t , B . G . , M . B . A . ( S i m o n Fraser), C o u n s e l l o r S l e e m a n , A . , A . A . (Sierra C o l l e g e ) , B . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M u s i c S m i t h , A . P . D . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Queens), D i r e c t o r of Planning S o m e r s , C M . , B . A . ( M i n n e s o t a ) , E n g l i s h (part-time) S t e w a r t , B . E . A . , B.A. (Man.), M.A. (Man.), F r e n c h (part-time) S t e w a r t , V . J . , R o y a l S o c i e t y of A r t s D i p l . , A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) S t e w a r t , B.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) T a y l o r , B . E . , B . M u s . (Brit. Col.), M u s i c (part-time) Taylor, M., B . S c . (Alberta), Retail F a s h i o n (part-time) T a y l o r - W h i t e , D., A r t . D i p l . ( W i m b l e d o n C o l l e g e ) , Art (parttime) Thiel, K.H., G r a d . Engineer, (Mechanical State Engineering C o l l e g e — Hamburg), M . B . A . (Western Ontario), Bursar T h o m p s o n , Y . E . D . D i p l (V.V.I.), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) T i l l e y , W . F . L , B . E d . (Brit. C o l . ) , a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r , A d ministrative S c i e n c e and Office Technology, C o o r d i n a t o r of W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s T o m l i n s o n , A . G . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.), G e o l o g y (part-time) T o w s o n , K.V., B . S c . ( S i m o n F r a s e r ) , M a t h e m a t i c s (part-time) V e e n e , R.A., B. C o m m . (Loyola), M . B . A . ( M c M a s t e r ) , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) V i c k , A . H . , B. C o m m . (Brit. C o l ) , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) V i c k a r s , K., P e r m . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (Brit. Col.), D i p l . P i t m a n ' s B u s i n e s s C o l l e g e , S e n i o r C o - o r d i n a t o r for C a r e e r / Vocational Programs W a d e , L.K., B . S c . ( S i m o n F r a s e r ) , M a t h e m a t i c s (part-time) W a t e r m a n , A . , B . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . ( S i m o n B.C. Teaching Cert., M a t h e m a t i c s Fraser), W a t t s , R.D., B. C o m m . (Brit. C o l . ) , L L . B . (Brit. Col.), B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) W h i t t a k e r , E . N . , B.A. (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h W h i t e , B . P . , B.A. ( S i m o n Fraser), M . A . ( S i m o n Outdoor Recreation and Co-ordinator W i g g i n s , Y . , R.I.A., A d m i n i s t r a t i v e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) Fraser), S c i e n c e and Office W i l l i a m s o n , J . , B.A. T e a c h i n g Cert., (Victoria), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) W i l l i a m s o n , L P . , B . A . (Victoria), M . A . (Carleton), L L . B . (Brit. Col.), A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e a n d O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y (part-time) W i l s o n , G . F . D . , B . S c . (N.Y. State), M.A. (Brit. Col.), G e o g r a p h y a n d S o c i a l Internal C o - o r d i n a t o r W o o d , A . J . , N a t i o n a l D i p l . in D e s i g n (Liverpool), Art T e a c h e r s D i p l . (Liverpool), Art W o r m a n , E., B . A . (Toronto), D i p l . C h i l d S t u d y Early C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r (Toronto), Y o u n g , D.E., B . A . ( S i m o n F r a s e r ) , S . R . N . ( L o n d o n ) , S . C . M . (Scotland), B . T . S . D . Z i m m e r m a n , W . A . , Art (part-time) I Admission Information c) A Canadian Citizen or Landed Immigrant who is currently paying school taxes in the College Region, or whose parents or legal guardians are currently paying school taxes in the College Region. Capilano College is operated primarily for residents of the three school districts of Howe Sound, West Vancouver and North Vancouver, which comprise the College Region. Residents have priority of admission to all College classes. The resident status of a student is established prior to r e g i s t r a t i o n . T h e responsibility for registering under correct status is the responsibility of the student. A student whose resident status is in question will be required to provide documentary evidence (such as an affidavit of residency) or proof to obtain entrance as a resident. ADMISSION Capilano College will accept students who are Canadian Citizens or Landed Immigrants who meet any one of the following criteria: Students from Other Countries A student from outside Canada must present proper documentation (1mm. #1000) to indicate that he is a Landed Immigrant in Canada before his Application for Admission will be considered. Applications for immigrant status in process will not be considered. Application for Admission on a student visa originating from outside Canada will not be accepted. Students holding diplomatic visas will be considered. A student from a country in which English is not the common language must satisfy the Registrar that his knowledge of English is sufficient to permit the successful pursuit of studies. He may be required to write an English Language proficiency test prior to admission. 1. a. Persons with B . C . Secondary School graduation or its equivalent. b. Persons 18 years of age or over. c. Grade 12 students from B.C. secondary schools who are within one or two courses of completion of B.C. secondary school graduation. d. Secondary school students of the College Region who are capable of profiting at the College level and who have the written recommendation of their school principal. 2. Non-Canadian students will be admitted if they are landed immigrants or residents of the College Region as defined in Residency Status, who can demonstrate proficiency in the English language. Any student who wishes to attend the College who does not meet the entrance requirements in points (1) and (2), may formally apply for admission and have his case reviewed by the Admissions Committee. H O W TO A P P L Y 1. Obtain an Application Form, College Calendar, and timetable. 3. Students enrolled in C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Vocational Programs may be admitted in accordance with Departmental registration criteria for vocational courses: i.e., be 16 years of age or over, possess an interest in and an aptitude for a particular occupation and have completed at least grade 10 or the equivalent. 2. Fill out the Application Form, and tentatively select desired courses. 3. New students desiring credit for academic or career experience completed elsewhere should attach their official school or university transcripts or evidence of careec experience with their completed application to facilitate speedy processing. Transfer credit is not granted a u t o m a t i c a l l y . The student must request credit for specific courses. R E S I D E N C Y STATUS Residents of the College Region are defined as follows: 4. All new students may request an interview with a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre. They are encouraged to consult with a Counsellor or Instructor before applying for admission to any of the College courses. Counsellors are available during evening hours to assist students. a) A Canadian Citizen or Landed Immigrant who has lived in the College Region for at at least four months as of the first day of the term being applied for or b) A Canadian Citizen or Landed Immigrant who has attended a Secondary School in the College Region at some time or 5. Send or bring the application to the Student Services Centre. 6. Grade 12 students in the College Region may take advantage of the College's High School 7 Liaison program by completing the application process outlined above in their own High School prior to graduation. Consult High School Counsellors for special appointment schedules in the school. L A T E REGISTRATION Late Registration will end three college teaching days after the first day of classes. Students wishing to enter a class after the last day of Late Registration may do so only with the written consent of the Instructor concerned, provided there is space in the classroom. All new students are encouraged to consult with their instructors, especially in the following situations: a) Admissions interviews into Career grams (see "Career Programs"). b) Auditions or music courses. ProRETURNING STUDENTS Returning students may register at any time during the registration periods. Former students may register on the first day of each registration period August 31st (Fall Term) January 3rd (Spring Term) as well as the remaining days. Students who have been previously disqualified should consult a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre about their eligibility. Returning students should consult their Instructors in their major areas and check course changes and transferability status. W H E N TO A P P L Y Students may commence studies at Capilano College at the beginning of any term. They should apply for admission in advance of the registration date of their first term (see College Calendar for registration dates). All former students should bring their college statements of grades with them when they register. All admission enquiries should be addressed to: CAREER PROGRAMS The Registrar, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone 986-1911 Due to physical limitations and job placement, acceptance in certain Career Programs is by selection of the Career Program Co-ordinator. It is anticipated that the following Career Programs will require early application and special admission interviews for the 1976-77 academic year for: ELIGIBILITY TO REGISTER 1. Early Childhood Education 2. Business Management 3. Outdoor Recreation 4. Media Resources 5. Retail Fashions 6. Art Once the application has been processed, new students will receive a Notice of Eligibility to Register. They may then register either by mail as indicated in the College Year or in person on the Lynnmour campus, Purcell Way, North Vancouver, between September 1st and 3rd (Fall Term), January 4th and 6th (Spring Term), and May 3rd and 5th (Summer Term). Registration is on a "first come, first served" basis, and certain classes have a limited number of available seats. Former students may register on the first day of each registration period August 31st (Fall Term) January 3rd (Spring Term) as well as the remaining days. Students are reminded to register as early as possible. Students registering by mail may have to choose alternate sections later if their first choice is already filled. Students who plan to take a transfer credit English course must read the information on the screening exam. See " E n g l i s h " section of this calendar. FINANCIAL INFORMATION Post-dated cheques will not be accepted. Separate cheques for tuition fees and Student Society fees will not be accepted. Fees are not transferable from one term to another. The Howe Sound School District will provide financial assistance to resident students attending four or more Capilano College courses offered outside that district, in the form of an allowance of $50.00 per month. Students should apply for the allowance through the Financial Awards Office, and must submit a transcript of marks for each semester. Successful applicants will receive payment from the Howe Sound School Board. 8 Tuition Fees $7.00 per hour to a maximum of $105.00 Student Society Fee as set by the Student Society. This fee does not apply to courses given in the Howe Sound School District. Any student whose cheque is returned by their bank will incur a $5.00 return cheque processing charge. S P E C I A L F E E W A I V E R FOR SENIOR CITIZENS Any person 65 years of age or over will be entitled to free tuition. Applicants for this special senior citizen fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification such as the Courtesy Card for Senior Citizens or their Pharmacare card. Senior citizens will be required to pay all lab fees. Late registration Fee Assistance — Howe Sound Students $5.00 per course per term to a maximum of $25.00. Payment of a Late Registration fee is not required if a student has registered before the deadline and wishes to add a course. The Late Registration fee is in effect as of the first day of lectures in a term, and is charged unless waived in writing. The Howe Sound District will provide financial assistance to resident students attending four or more Capilano College courses offered outside that district, in the form of an allowance of $50.00 per month. Students should apply for the allowance at the Student Services C e n t r e . Successful applicants w i l l receive payment from the Howe Sound School Board. DEFERRED FEES Refunds 1. Late fees are refundable only when a course is cancelled. Students unable to pay the full amount of their tuition fees may pay their tuition on a deferred fees basis. All other applicable fees are due and payable in full at the time of Registration. Students wishing to defer tuition fees may start the process by filling out an Application for Deferred Tuition Fees, available in the Student Services Centre. Tuition fees may be deferred on the following schedule: Credit Hours Total Tuition Fee Due Minimum DownPayment Maximum Deferred Payment $105.00 $105.00 $52.50 $52.50 $52.50 $52.50 15 15 + 2. A complete refund of fees is made when courses or programs are cancelled. 3. Refunds may be granted to a student on the basis of a complete or partial official withdrawal (see scale below). 4. Students who enrol during Early Registration and withdraw before the first day of classes will receive an 80% refund of tuition fees, and 100% of lab fees. 5. All Student Society fee refunds are made through application to the College Council, c/o Business Office, subject to council policy. The above schedule refers to tuition fees only. Student, Society Fees and Lab fees are not included; these fees have to be paid at time of registering. Scale of Withdrawal Refunds a) 80% of tuition and lab fees from the date classes commence until 14 days later, inclusive of both dates. Special Fees b) 50% of tuition and lab fees from the day following the last day specified in (a) until 6 days later, inclusive of both dates. Students should be aware that science lab courses and Career Program courses may require an assessment for supplies or special activities, and should be prepared to pay these special fees at the time of registration. In most cases the amount to be assessed is stated in the introduction to the program. For further information, contact the program co-ordinator. Students whose fees will be paid by agencies, other than Government Scholarships, are required to present a letter to this effect at registration. c) From the day following the last day specified in (b) until the end of the term, no refund will be granted. Refund Deadlines FALL September24—Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition and lab fees. September 30—Last day to receive a refund of 50% of tuition and lab fees. 9 ESTIMATED EXPENSES SPRING January 27 February 7 SUMMER May 17 May20 —Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition and lab fees. —Last day to receive a refund of 50% of tuition and lab" fees. Students entering Capilano College for the first time should have sufficient funds to cover the expenses of a four-month term. Certain career courses also require additional fees for materials and extra skills courses. The approximate cost per term for a fulltime student may be estimated as follows: —Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition and lab fees. —Last day to receive a refund of 50% of tuition and lab fees. Tuition fees Student Society fees Books and supplies Local transportation Miscellaneous expenses Total + lab fees/per term v HOWE SOUND CENTRE Students attending classes in S q u a m i s h should check for special dates and course offerings given there during the 1976-77 academic year. Information may be obtained from the Director of Adult Education, Box 250, Squamish, B . C . , (Phone 892-5228), College Co-ordinator in Squamish: Avrille Gosling (898-3681), or from the Student Services Centre. Course offerings will be limited and subject to sufficient enrolment. $105.00 15.00 90.00 100.00 200.00 $510.00 Students from outside the College Region should be prepared to meet additional expenses for Room and Board. 10 CREDIT HOURS A credit hour normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses offered are three credit hour courses. As such, they normally require three class hours per week and may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials. II Academic Information THE ACADEMIC YEAR The Academic Year is divided into two terms, Fall and Spring, and a Summer Session of two months. A course pursued progressively for two terms normally constitutes an academic year in that subject. STATUS O F STUDENTS A C C O R D I N G TO PROGRAM COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Full-time College Student — A full-time College student is one who is enrolled in at least fifteen credit hours of academic work, or one who is enrolled in a full Career Program. Part-time College Student — A l l other students. Note: There is no required minimum number of courses which must be taken at Capilano College. A certificate will be awarded to a student who completes the requirements of a prescribed Vocational-Technical or Career Program or its equivalent, provided that he/she has earned at least three credit hours in English and has a Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.00 or better. ASSOCIATE IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA A student who has completed the requirements of any four-term College program may receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma, provided he/she has fulfilled the following conditions: COURSE OVERLOAD REGULATIONS During the Fall and Spring Terms, a student may not take more than sixteen credit hours of academic courses or more than the full requirements of a Career Program without written permission from the Dean of Student Services, or a Counsellor in Student Services. Course overloads are granted in exceptional circumstances to students with a minimum G.P.A. of 3.00 in the previous term. a) Completed at least sixty credit hours or its equivalent. b) Thirty credit hours must be completed at Capilano College. c) Obtained a Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.00 from the sixty best credit hours. d) Fulfilled the requirements of the program in which the student is enrolled. e) Obtained three credit hours in English, plus six credit hours made up of one course each from any two of the three f o l l o w i n g lists: LIST A LIST B Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Geology General Studies Education Economics Geography Political Science Psychology Sociology Anthropology General Studies Education ATTENDANCE A student is expected to attend all classes in which he/she is registered. Since evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and examinations, regular attendance may be essential for success. Irregular attendance may result in lowered grades or suspension. A student absent from classes because of prolonged illness is advised to notify the Student Services Centre, as soon as possible, in the event that a medical certificate may be required to re-instate him. If illness prevents a student from writing a final examination or assignment he may be assigned a grade or granted a deferral, at the discretion of his Instructor. In such cases, a physician's certificate must be submitted to the Student Services Centre within one week of the date of the examination or due date of the assignment. LIST C Art English Literature Fine Arts Modern Languages Music History Philosophy General Studies Religious Studies 11 C O L L E G E IDENTIFICATION C A R D S S T A T E M E N T OF G R A D E S Students receive Identification Cards at Registration which are used as library cards. Those who register by mail should make arrangements to secure their Identification Cards in the Registration Room, prior to commencing classes. In the event of the loss of a College Identification Card, a duplicate may be obtained from the Student Services Centre upon application and the payment of two dollars. A statement of Grades is mailed to students at the end of each term. Grades will not be released to students prior to the mailing date and time. M a c h i n e errors and o m i s s i o n s in the Statements of Grades should be reported immediately in person or in writing to the Student Services Centre. If a course is repeated, the previous grade will remain on a student's Permanent Student Record; however, only the higher grade will be included in his Cumulative G . P . A . GRADING Capilano College uses the following categories of grading and recording. A P P E A L OF FINAL G R A D E S LETTER G R A D E M E A N I N G G R A D E POINTS A B C D F 1* W* Superior Above Average Satisfactory Minimal Pass Failed Incomplete Withdrawn If a student wishes to appeal a final grade, his request must be submitted in writing to the Dean of Student Services. Appeals by proxy will not be considered. A letter of appeal must state the grounds of appeal and be accompanied by a fee of five dollars for each course in which re-assessment is sought. A student may appear before the Appeals Committee, if he wishes. Appeals, with the appeal fee, must be received by the Dean of Student Services not later than the following appeal deadlines: 4 3 2 1 0 0* 0* *Not calculated in Grade Point Average "I" GRADES " I " grades are given at the end of a term when, in the judgement of the Instructor, the student would have a reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not completed the work required of him. A n " I " grade is only awarded where the Instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted in the class list with grades. Where an " I " grade is granted in a pre-requisite course, it should b e c o n v e r t e d on or before the first day of lectures in the term in which the student wishes to register in the sequential course. If this is not done, the student must seek a pre-requisite waiver in writing in order to enter the advanced course. Fall term: Spring Term: Summer Term: January 14,1977 May 13,1977 July 15,1977 Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee, chaired by the Dean of Academic Instruction, consisting of representatives of faculty, students, and the Dean of Student Services, and, in each case, all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. The student will be informed in writing of the Committee's decision. If the mark is changed, the five dollar fee will be refunded; otherwise, it will be retained. Appeals will not be considered unless the above procedure is followed. M a c h i n e errors and o m i s s i o n s in the Statement of Grades will be corrected as soon as identified, without appeal or cost to the student. A C A D E M I C DIFFICULTIES P R O C E D U R E Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an Instructor to a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre. The student is encouraged to consult with his Instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. A C A D E M I C RECORD A N D OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPT The Student Services Centre maintains a permanent record of each student's courses, credits, and grades. Only a laminated copy bearing the signature of the Registrar, or his authorized representative, and the Official College Seal, constitutes an official transcript. Official transcripts are available at the Student Services Centre upon completion of a Transcript Order Form and payment of a fee of 50 cents per transcript. Transcripts are issued only at the request of the student. G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E Grade Point Averages are reported on each Permanent Student Record. The G . P . A . is the sum of the grade point hours earned in the term divided by the number of credit hours taken which are applicable to the Grade Point computation. 12 Information on the Permanent Student Record is not released to outside agencies or other persons without the consent of the student. accepted on a space-available basis, during late registration, with preference given to credit students. C O U R S E CREDITS PROVISIONAL STANDING A student will receive credit only for the courses and sections in which he is officially registered, according to the records in the Student Services Centre. A student who has not m a i n t a i n e d a scholastic standard acceptable to the College is subject to Provisional Standing. (a) A student is placed on Provisional Standing after he has attempted at least 15 credit hours with a Term G . P . A . of 1.50 or less. P r o v i s i o n a l S t a n d i n g is noted on his Permanent Student Record, and the student is advised by letter. P E R M A N E N T STUDENT NUMBER The permanent student number assigned when a student first applies for admission remains unchanged throughout his College career unless his name is changed at a later date. This number controls all student records, Statements of Grades, etc., and the College Identification Card. (b) Upon re-registration, the student is expected to achieve a Term G . P . A . of over 1.50. If this occurs, the student is no longer on Provisional Standing. If this does not occur, the student is required to withdraw for at least one term, unless he elects to switch to a different college program, e.g., academic to career, or vice versa. C H A N G E OF N A M E OR A D D R E S S It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Student Services Centre of any changes in name, address or phone number from the information provided on the application form. A student wishing to receive his grades at an address different from his home or term address may do so by contacting the Student Services Centre. (c) A student who has withdrawn from the College, as outlined in Section (b) above, may re-register after one term's absence from the College. (d) If a student who has been required to withdraw wishes to re-enter the College without a term's absence and can demonstrate exceptional circumstances that caused his disqualification, he may petition the Admissions C o m m i t t e e for c o n s i d e r a t i o n , by writing a letter to the Dean of Student Services outlining his exceptional circumstances. C O U R S E OR SECTION C H A N G E S A change must be submitted to the Student Services Centre. A course change requires the signature of a Counsellor. A change will be permitted at any time after a student has registered until the following dates: 1976 FalI Term: 1977 Spring Term: 1977 Summer Term: REPEATING A COURSE Courses may be repeated for the purpose of raising grades. Credit will be granted for the duplicate course receiving the higher grade. September 9th January 12th May 11th The period for switching courses and sections is three days from the date classes commence. Students wishing to switch courses or sections after this date may do so only with the written consent on the Course Change Form of the Instructor whose section(s) they wish to enter. VISITORS A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a limited period of time, provided he has permission from the Instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, does not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends not more than 3 weeks during the term. OFFICIAL W I T H D R A W A L F R O M C O U R S E S OR C O L L E G E A student may withdraw at any time up to the term deadlines as follows: 1976 Fall Term: 1977 Spring Term: 1977 Summer Term: November 12th March 11th May 27th Before withdrawing officially, an Instructor's signature is required on the withdrawal form. If a student ceases attending a course, but does not drop it officially, an " F " grade results. In the case of an official withdrawal, the subject does not appear on the Permanent Student Record and no academic penalty results. AUDITING A student may attend all meetings of a class without receiving credit. A s an auditor, he pays the normal tuition fee and registers as an audit student. He does not normally sit examinations or submit essays. Audit students will only be 13 admission. The faculty concerned examine the applicant's previous work or ask him to take an examination which places him at a certain level in the sequence of courses. No credit is given for levels below the standing granted. Procedure to Withdraw from a Course A student obtains a course change form at the Student Services Centre. After obtaining the signature of the Instructor the form should be deposited at the counselling reception desk. Prior to dropping a course a student may choose to discuss with a Counsellor the implications of the change for future programs or transferability. If the withdrawal of a course means a complete withdrawal from the semester the student must obtain the signature of a Counsellor. EXEMPTION STANDING — C A R E E R STUDENTS Students enrolling in a Career Program may be exempted from certain courses within the program upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge in specific course areas. Such exemption standing will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credit hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours per academic year without effect upon the status of the Certificate or Diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credit hours are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credit hours, may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate program co-ordinator and the Dean, Career Programs. T R A N S F E R TO A N D F R O M O T H E R INSTITUTIONS Students who enter Capilano College on an academic transfer program and anticipate transfer to another educational institution should consult the Registrar of that institution prior to registering at Capilano. The transferability of courses taken at Capilano College is determined by the institution to which the student transfers. The College publishes a T r a n s f e r G u i d e (available in the Student Services Centre) outlining the transferability of appropriate c o u r s e s . Students p l a n n i n g to transfer to another institution should also discuss their plans with a College Counsellor, bearing in mind that the responsibility for final choice of courses or programs remains with the student. The Student Services Centre maintains an extensive library of calendars of other postsecondary institutions for the use of students and faculty. DEFINITION OF CREDIT H O U R S " T h e number of class and other hours required for a given course shall not exceed the number of units or semester hours assigned that course unless the requirement is clearly stated in the vector description of the course published in the College Calendar." For example, the courses offered for three credits require student participation for a maximum of three hours, and at the option of the student, office, or tutorial work additional hours are a r r a n g e d with the instructor. Laboratory sessions, field work, and studio work are mandatory where prescribed as part of the course. B.C. Public Colleges There is an agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college. T R A N S F E R CREDIT T r a n s f e r credits are credits granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Student Services Centre for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. F O U R T H INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR A n additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in each three credit hour course but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of each instructor and as c i r c u m s t a n c e s a l l o w . Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. A D V A N C E D STANDING Advanced standing is standing to a certain level in a subject area granted to students on 14 COURSE C H A L L E N G E P R O C E D U R E of studies. Interested students are asked to inquire at Student Services for information on this procedure. The College has a policy outlined which permits students in certain courses to be examined for achievement in a particular course 15 Ill General Information for Students In the Student Services Centre current vocational and counselling literature is on display for student use. Group Programs These are programs designed for personal development. They include programs to consider areas of personal growth, career choice, human sexuality and life style development. They are listed in the course offerings under Student Services. They are non-credit courses, generally offered without charge. Some have limited enrollment. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES Capilano College assumes that students who enroll will s e r i o u s l y attempt satisfactory completion of all studies which are undertaken. The College also assumes that students are mature and r e s p o n s i b l e and will conduct themselves accordingly. Testing Services Some classes are scheduled at Centres other than Lynnmour. Students are advised to make the best timetable for themselves in view of college services which are offered in West Vancouver, Howe Sound and other parts of North Vancouver. A l l courses for any one student may not necessarily be held at one Centre. The College also offers students a comprehensive testing programme. Vocational interest, personality and aptitude tests are available free of charge to students and residents of the community. Test results are often helpful in making career choices. A l l testing is done on a voluntary basis and results are confidential. S T U D E N T SERVICES C E N T R E High School Equivalency Examinations Capilano College recognizes that not all learning for college students takes place within classroom settings. Nor that all educational growth stems from academic stimulus alone. Student Services provides alternatives so that students may experience social and personal growth in areas important to i n d i v i d u a l development. These services and programs are co-ordinated through the staff of the Student Services C e n t r e . These include c o u n s e l l i n g , group programs, vocational testing, housing, placement, financial awards, athletics, recreation, student activities, school liaison, and the maintenance of student records. The Centre, located on the main floor of the Lynnmour Campus, is open during the daytime and evening hours (except Friday evening) on appointment or a drop-in basis. Capilano College is an approved testing centre for the government sponsored High School Equivalency (GED) Examinations. These exams are written at least 4 times per year and are open to all individuals over 19 years of age. Information and a p p l i c a t i o n forms are available from the Student Services Centre. Financial Awards and Placement The Financial Awards Office located in NF103 may be contacted for information and assistance regarding the Canada Student Loan Plan and bursaries, scholarships and other loans available to Capilano College students. Canada Student Loan application forms are available in the Financial Awards Office. The Financial Awards Brochure and application forms for bursaries and scholarships may be obtained at the Student Services Centre. A Career Development Centre is currently in the developmental phase and should be operational during the 1976-1977 school year. Counselling The services of trained counsellors are available to all students and to residents of the College Region. Counsellors assist students in the educational planning and provide guidance in the solution of academic and personal problems. The College counselling objective is to help students achieve self-direction in decision-making and planning. If you are experiencing difficulty of any kind with which you could use assistance you are encouraged to contact Student Services personnel. There is a reception desk located in front of the Student Services Centre at the Lynnmour Campus. Housing Students who live away from home while attending Capilano College may obtain accommodation listings from the Student Services Centre, or Student Information Centre. Student Records All student records are housed in the Student Services Centre. These records are confidential, but a student's own file is open to him. 16 Scheduled fitness sessions are intermingled with large blocks of open facility time. The Fitness Centre staff will provide personal consultive and evaluative services relative to health, physical fitness and weight control, on an appointment basis. The Fitness Centre is yours; make good use of it. Student Activity The Capilano College Student Society is incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia to co-ordinate all extra-curricular activities. All credit students are members of the Student Society when a Student Society fee is paid as determined by the Executive Council of the Society. A l l students are encouraged to participate in student activities, which are an integral part of their college education. Students interested in new types of student activity should contact the Student Society, phone 986-1911, local 287, to initiate planning and organization. School Liaison C o l l e g e C o u n s e l l o r s visit all secondary schools in the College Region each Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities offered by Capilano College. School students p l a n n i n g to enter the C o l l e g e may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school, by contacting their school Counsellor for the appropriate dates. Athletics Capilano College encourages a program of intramural and extramural athletics for both men and women students. The College is a full member of Totem Conference, which is the governing body for all inter-college athletics in the province of British Columbia. Provincial champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a Western Canada final in most sports. In hockey and basketball, a further progression to a National Championship for successful teams is provided. The calibre of competition on the inter-college level is excellent with the athletic program being structured to provide an easy meld of academic and athletic pursuits for student athletes. Intercollegiatelly, Capilano College competes in Hockey, Basketball, Badminton, Volleyball, Rugby and Curling. Opportunities to take part in intramural activity is also provided by the College. Activities offered vary from year to year in compliance with expressed interests, but usually include such sports as swimming, badminton, volleyball, hockey, soccer and tennis. Capilano College Fitness Centre is located beside the west corner of the South Parking lot. The facility contains showers, locker rooms, saunas, an equipment room and an exercise area, complete with Universal Gymnasium. Lost and Found The "Lost and Found" is located at the Counselling Receptionist desk. Health Services Health Services is located on the North Campus in Room ND102, Monday through Friday, 8:45 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. The service offers health counselling; preventive programs; injections for allergies; hearing and visual checks; pamphlets; teaching aids and liaison with other community agencies. Parking ' Parking is available to all students behind the buildings on the North and South Campus. 17 BOOKSTORE The Learning Assistance Centre is acquiring materials on a wide variety of learning and teaching practices. Information on how to take notes, efficient reading, time management, and writing examinations is available in handout forms. Students have access through the Centre to electric typewriters, casette recorders, and reading machines. Drop by for information regarding their use. Students may use the Program to improve their communication skills, analyze the circumstances of college education, and evaluate their own educational objectives. The Learning Assistance Program is a tool for people to use in the realization of their educational goals. A bookstore, which caters especially to Capilano College students, but is also open to the general public, is currently located in B113 main building, but is expected to be relocated in building NE by the Fall of 1976. AWARDS D E A N S ' LIST Special recognition will be accorded students who complete a full program of studies at the College with a 3.50 or higher grade point average during a term. Governor General's Silver Medal Library Services This medal is awarded each year by His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada to the graduating student who has achieved the best scholastic record in attaining his/her diploma at Capilano College. The Media Centre, as an integral part of the instructional and learning process, provides library services for the College and its community. Information and media resources and services are provided by a highly qualified library staff and growing collections of both print and audiovisual materials. Study areas are provided in both the North and South Library. Aid in the use of library facilities is available along with indexes to the various collections in the South Library. The library staff welcomes the opportunity to assist the student at all times when the Media Centre is open. Capilano College students have complete access to all materials and services provided upon presentation of a current College identification card. Residents of the College district, teachers employed in the district and students from other B.C. community colleges and B.C.l.T., upon applying for a borrower's card, may sign out material not in immediate demand by College students and faculty. Capilano College students have similar borrowing privileges from most other community college libraries in B.C. Several Library brochures explaining the location and use of resources and services as well as other sources of information in the Greater Vancouver area are available at both library locations. It is recommended that students visit their library first when requiring resources or assistance. The Media Centre invites all users to make known additional library services or materials which they feel would be useful. Suggestion boxes are available in both library locations. The Media Services Advisory Committee, comprised of students and faculty, assists in the evaluation and extension of media services. Student and faculty representatives on this committee are posted in the Media Centre. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a 3.50 cumulative grade point average or higher who have s u c e s s f u l l y completed a minimum of 30 semester hours at Capilano College. The Principal's Citizenship Awards are given in recognition of the student who has made the greatest contribution to College life. The Principal's Awards are given to the highest achievers in each of Academic and Career Programs. These two awards are given on the basis of academic excellence during the course of studies. Learning Assistance Centre The Learning Assistance Program is a resource centre for those who seek to increase their learning efficiency. Each term the Program Director and Staff offer several Workshops on study skills and reading. Students are welcome to work with the Director on an individual basis as well. Times and dates for the workshops are published in the College's timetable. Appointments to see the Director can be made through the Centre. 18 PLAGIARISM - A N D H O W TO AVOID IT procedures is available from the Media Centre, Student Services or Instructional Divisions. Intentional plagiarism is not only dishonest, but a rejection of the principles of scholarship. A plagiarized college assignment, therefore, will ordinarily receive no credit. At the Instructor's discretion, the plagiarist may receive an F for the paper or for the course. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's words or ideas without acknowledging their source — as if they were one's own. Students in doubt about the need for acknowledgement should take care to avoid unintentional plagiarism by learning proper scholarly procedures. A document e x p l a i n i n g these 19 113, — . PRE-MED A N D PRE-DENTISTRY ENGINEERING X X X X X X COMPUTING SCIENCE a. X G E O L O G Y , GEOPHYSICS X PHYSICAL G E O G R A P H Y X X X X X X X X A G R I C U L T U R E , b. F O R E S T R Y , PHARMACY X X X X NUTRITION b. and DIETETICS X X X X G E N E R A L c. X X REHAB MEDICINE c , d. X X D E N T A L HYGIENE c . d., e. X X HOME ECONOMICS PHYSICS 110, 11' PHYSICS 104, 105 MATHEMATICS ' in MATHEMATICS 1 o o MATHEMATICS 1 GEOGRAPHY 112, 2' CHEMISTRY 110, X GEOLOGY 110, 1 j; CHEMISTRY 104, BIOLOGY 110, 11 o in o X X IMPORTANT: Students planning to attend U . B . C . must also take two semesters of English. Those planning to attend S . F . U . should consult a counsellor or a science faculty member concerning second semester course options. a. Potential computer science students should consider taking Mathematics 115 in their first semester. b. When Physics 104,105 is required, Physics 110,111 is also acceptable. When possible, students are encouraged to take the higher level courses. c. When Chemistry 104,105 is required, Chemistry 110,111 is not only acceptable, it is preferred. d. Students taking a pre-rehab. medicine program should also take two semesters of either physics or psychology. e. Pre-dental hygiene students must also take two semesters of psychology. 20 IV Programs of SCIENCE: G E N E R A L INFORMATION Study 1976-77 A. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their Science requirement: Biology 104, 105 (Note: Transfer credit for course sequence is limited to non-science students.) Chemistry 104,105 Geology 110,111 Geography 112,114 Mathematics 100,101 or 101,102 Physics 104,105 Economics students may take Mathematics 100, 101 but Mathematics 112, 113 and 114 is the recommended course sequence, in addition any other Science course can be selected. Please check the pre-requisites given in the individual course description. Capilano College offers combinations of courses representing a particular program, as well as individual courses for students seeking post-secondary educational opportunities. While students may select subjects from several fields, they generally choose one of the following programs: 1. Transfer Program 2. Career Program 3. Community Education 4. Vocational Program 5. Self Paced Learning 6. Women's Studies Program The first two programs offer courses for credit toward a College Diploma. The Community Education Program provides for special course workshops, forums and other forms of educational experience without College credit throughout the academic year. B. Science Students Students transferring to a professional school at U.B.C. should consult chart page 20. Students transferring to the Faculty of Science at a university should take the following: i) Biological Sciences (including Biochemistry). First Year Biology 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 Physics 110/111 (U.B.C.) Physics 104/105 (S.F.U.) Mathematics 112/113/114 English (6 credits — see course descriptions) GENERAL STUDIES - "CAP A" Capilano College has a commitment to relevant, interdisciplinary education. While many Departments offer courses which speak to this need, the College has also established a major course concerned specifically with interdisciplinary teaching, the " C a p A " . This course is usually team-taught and looks at particular topics from a variety of perspectives. All questions concerning the course and its transferability should be directed to the Secretary of General Studies. See descriptions under G E N E R A L STUDIES in the Calendar. Second Year A complete selection of second year courses which meet the requirements of all three B.C. universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. ii) Chemistry First Year Chemistry 110/111 Physics 110/111 Mathematics 112/113/114 English (6 credits — see course descriptions) Elective (6 credits) TRANSFER PROGRAMS Numerous courses are available to students who wish to pursue programs leading to further study at university or B.C.l.T. Most of them receive direct equivalent credit in comparable disciplines at all British Columbia universities; some receive unassigned credit, signifying that they fulfill requirements for a major or as general electives. The subjects described in this calendar are offered as college-level courses. It is the responsibility of students to choose those appropriate to the senior institution, as well as to relate them to major fields of study. Second Year Chemistry 200/201 Chemistry 204/205 (S.F.U.) Chemistry 210/205 (U.B.C.) Physics 200/201 Physics 210/211 Mathematics 230/231 Mathematics 200 Elective 21 The particular career program, and specific options within the various program divisions, offered in the 1976-77 academic year, are listed below. iii) Mathematics First Year Mathematics 112/113 Mathematics 114 Mathematics 115 English (6 credits) Elective (12 credits)* (Mathematics 101,102 are recommended) *ln order to maintain options for other majors it is advisable to consult calendars for requirements, (e.g. To maintain Physics or Chemistry as possible alternatives Physics 110/111, Chemistry 110/111 should be taken.) CREATIVE AND APPLIED ARTS DIVISION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Second Year Mathematics 200/201 Mathematics 230/231 Mathematics 115 if not taken in first year Mathematics 232 Electives Crafts Program — 2 years Commercial Art Program — 2 years Art Education Program — 2 years Bachelor of Fine Arts Program —2 years Advanced Art Study Program — ongoing Retail Fashions Program — 2 years Commercial Music Program — 2 years Music Transfer Program — 1 and 2 years BUSINESS DIVISION 9. Accounting/Financial Management Program — 2 years 10. Marketing Management Program — 2 years 11. Computer Systems Management Program 2 years iv) Physics First Year Physics 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 Mathematics 112/113 Mathematics 114 English (6 credits) — see course description Non-science elective (6 credits) Mathematics 115* 'Honours program. EDUCATION DIVISION 12. Early Childhood Education Program — 2 years 13. Media Resources Program — 2 years 14. Program for the Developmentally Handicapped — 2 years Second Year Physics 200/201 Physics 210/211 Physics 220/221 Mathematics 230/231 Mathematics 232* * Honours program Science elective* Non-science elective v) Other Programs or Combinations of Programs: Consult Natural Science Division for course selection, particularly with regard to Second Year choices. APPLIED SCIENCE DIVISION 15. Outdoor Recreation Program — 2 years 16. Wilderness Leadership Program —• 2 years 17. Chemistry Technical Program — 2 years ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE & OFFICE TECHNOLOGY DIVISION 18. Administrative Assistant Option — 1 year Certificate 19. Administrative Skills for Women Option — 1 year Certificate 20. Bilingual Secretarial/Administrative Program — 2 year Diploma * 20. Legal Assistance program — 2 year Diploma 21. Legal Studies Option — 1 year Certificate 22. Office Technology Program — 2 year Diploma. 23. Public Administration Option — 1 year Certificate or 2 year Diploma 24. Secretarial Program — (General, Legal, Medical, or Executive) — 2 year Diploma or1 year Certificate CAREER/VOCATIONAL P R O G R A M S O F F E R E D The Career/Vocational Programs Division prepares its graduates for positions in business and industry as well as in the field of the applied arts. The courses offered in the various programs are under constant review to make certain that students are exposed to the latest of techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers in the business, industrial, professional and social services are constantly reviewing and making recommendations for all programs. 22 COMMUNITY EDUCATION DIVISION VOCATIONAL BUSINESS OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAMS 25. Commercial Bookkeeper — 8 month Vocational Program 26. Clerk Typist — 4 month Vocational Program 27. Clerk Typist Upgrading — 6 week Vocational Program 28. Legal Stenographer — 8 month Vocational Program 29. Legal Stenographer — 4 month Vocational Program 30. Upgrading — Commercial and Secretarial — Variable This division of the College is responsible for ensuring that all residents of the College's district communities on the North Shore and in Howe Sound are provided with opportunities for lifelong learning toward a fuller, richer life. While the College already provides a full range of post-secondary accredited programs in Academic (University Transfer) and Career/ Vocational subjects, Capilano College is further committed to identify and respond to other community educational needs such as: specialized training in career skills, programs in personal development, assistance in solving community problems, development of skills for the profitable use of leisure time, and programs which contribute to the cultural, intellectual and social life of the community. The College aims to do this by involving itself, through the Community Education Division, in the everyday life of the community and providing educational services which utilize the special skills and knowledge of College faculty and staff and other experts. The Community Education Division is prepared to provide the following services: TRAINING FOR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY — responding to the short and long-term training needs of the business community by providing leadership in the identification, design and presentation of custom-made programs in small business management and operation, management skills development, technical skills training for employed personnel, and continuing professional education. EXTENSION EDUCATION - programs of credit-free short courses and workshops in the creative arts, liberal arts and leisure/recreation for personal enrichment and enjoyment. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION SERVICES — to supply leadership, co-ordination and co-operation to stimulate action programs by individuals and groups which aim at solving community problems. COMMUNITY SERVICES - organization of public meetings, seminars and other presentations on subject of current concern and interest, presentation of film series, concerts and other cultural events, encouraging the use of Capilano College facilities and services by community groups, arranging for presentations to community groups by College faculty and staff members. CAPILANO C O L L E G E C O N F E R E N C E C E N TRE — working with public and private organizations to arrange conference activities to share information on current business concerns, organizational and technological change, and social issues. 'waiting final approval from the Department of Education, Victoria, B.C. PROGRAM CHOICE It is a College policy to provide students with as much of a choice of programs and options as possible. However, it must be realized that limitations of space, equipment and economic instruction is likely to restrict the students' range of choice. The College therefore reserves the right to cancel options where numbers and facilities are inadequate. In the case where certain programs and options are over-subscribed the co-ordinator of the particular career program will determine student choice based on criteria such as suitability of student to the program, date of application, grade-point average, previously registered student priority, and best qualified students. Field placement and practicum form an important part of all career programs. Consequently, the performance of a full time student must be such that the faculty remain confident that he/she will perform satisfactorily in any subsequent term before a student is admitted to classes in that term. E M P L O Y M E N T OPPORTUNITIES FOR T H E GRADUATE Although employment opportunities for the graduates of career programs has to date been good, the College is in no position to guarantee job positions for the graduates of particular career programs. Employment opportunities are largely based on the advice of specialist Advisory Committees. The advice provided by these committees may be tempered by rapidly changing economic conditions, alterations in the requirements of certifying bodies, and the specific needs of particular employers. These conditions can completely alter the employment possibilities for individual graduates in a very short time. 23 In addition, the Community Education Division of Capilano College serves to extend all College programs and services to residents in outlying areas of the College's district. It encourages all residents to learn about the College and to suggest how the College can serve their lifelong learning needs. W O M E N ' S STUDIES P R O G R A M Since its early, informal beginnings in 1973, a Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College under the guidance of the Women's Studies Committee. The Women's Studies Committee, which is advisory to all segments of the Women's Studies Program, is made up of representatives from the college faculty, staff, student body and the community. The Program is expanding rapidly and the courses are listed in this calendar under Section VII College Courses, page 121. In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and transfer credit courses, there are academic and career courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. A brochure will be available each term listing additional short, credit-free courses, workshops and other presentations of special interest to women in the college and the community. A Women's Resource Office has been established and is available to students, staff, faculty and members of the community. The resources include a Community Resource File for the North Shore, a speaker's bureau, bibliographies of materials for Women's Studies and various books and periodicals by and/or about women. For further information or to discuss the program and your needs, contact the Women's Studies Program Developer. Staff: Dirk Smit — Dean of Community Education Dan Dolphin — Director of Training for Business and Industry Joy Smith — Community Services Asistant (North Shore) Avrille Gosling — Community Services Assistant (Howe Sound) SELF P A C E D L E A R N I N G (SPL) In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is now possible for the student to pursue his studies in first year Political Science and first year Chemistry on a self paced time line. These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre, the opportunity to pursue College courses. They are also available to students who are attending any college centre, providing these students with a v i a b l e alternative to the usual lecture/tutorial instructional format. 24 exciting opportunities for career development. Responsive to current and future employment trends, the courses within the division provide advanced training which more than meets the challenge of a technological and progressive business community. With input from advisory committees programs of study are continually being developed, expanded or refined to meet the personal and professional needs of employees and employers. Within the Administrative Science and Office Technology Program there are several possible occupational options from which to choose for those considering a career, as well as for those already employed. V Career Programs Career Programs offered at Capilano College prepare adults for employment in business and industry. All secondary school graduates are eligible for admission; those without Grade XII standing may also apply and will be considered on the basis of their particular experience, maturity, ability and interest. The suggested curriculum for each program includes required, recommended and elective courses. Every attempt is made to plan a program of studies best suited to individual needs; however, each student must assume final responsibility for selecting his/her program. To provide the student with an insight into human nature, studies in the humanities and behavioural sciences form an important part of Career Programs. The student studies some of the methods of inquiry into the nature of man, the natural world and social institutions. These studies provide the prospective graduate with an opportunity to learn about the relationship of his career to the economic world in which he must perform. Communications courses also form part of every Career Program. These are designed to assist the student to write clearly and speak well. Such courses provide the resources to back up the special talents of the Career Program graduate. In most programs "on-thejob" work experience forms part of the curriculum. This type of experience brings relevancy to the material under study. Enrolment in some Career Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance to Career Programs are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission to any of the Career Programs. CAREER P R O G R A M S A N D OPTIONS 1. Administrative Assistant Option — 1 year Certificate 2. Administrative Skills for Women Option — 1 year Certificate 3. Bilingual Secretarial/Administrative Program — 2 year Diploma *4. Legal Assistant Option — 2 year Diploma 5. Legal Studies Option — 1 year Certificate 6. Office Technology Program — 2 year Diploma 7. Public Administration Option — 1 year Certificate or 2 year Diploma 8. Secretarial Program — (General, Legal, Medical, or Executive) — 2 year Diploma or 1 year Certificate VOCATIONAL BUSINESS OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAMS 1. Commercial Bookkeeper — 8 month Vocational Program 2. Clerk Typist — 4 month Vocational Program 3. Clerk Typist Upgrading — 6 week Vocational Program 4. Legal Stenographer — 8 month Vocational Program 5. Legal Stenographer — 4 month Vocational Program 6. Upgrading — Commercial and Secretarial — Variable STUDENT COURSE AND WORK LOAD Career Program course work approximates 21 /2 hours per week. However, some programs may require as many as 32 hours and others as few as 16 hours per week. It is therefore strongly recommended that students not accept employment while undertaking fulltime studies in any one of the Career Programs offered at Capilano College. 1 'Waiting Department of Education Approval. PURPOSE FOR P R O G R A M S The primary objectives of study are to develop individual talents and professional skills to a high degree of proficiency and to provide a thorough understanding of the principles and practices in various professional and business or government offices. Capilano College graduates are in great demand and readily find employment in law firms, the public service, ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE AND OFFICE TECHNOLOGY P R O G R A M S Administrative Science and Office Technology is a diverse division that offers men and women excellent instruction, and rewarding, 25 banks, corporations, advertising and public relations agencies, hospitals and educational institutions. Students registered in any one of the options may participate in the. Directed Work Experience Laboratories held during fall, spring, and summer terms. These laboratories furnish students with the opportunity and the practical experience of at least 30 hours of work in the field of their choice in order for them to appreciate the realities of their future careers. Important: A minimum typing speed of 40 wpm is required before a Certificate or Diploma can be issued in any A.S.O.T. Career Program. F I R S T T E R M (Fall) B u s i n e s s 152 A c c o u n t i n g I C o m m e r c e 184 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l a n d O f f i c e Dynamics 1 C o m m e r c e 1 % Introduction to R e s e a r c h . . . C o m m e r c e 259 O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n B u s i n e s s 153 A c c o u n t i n g II C o m m e r c e 195 T h e R o l e s of W o m e n a n d M e n In B u s i n e s s C o m m e r c e 198 R e s e a r c h D e s i g n C o m m e r c e 260 W o r k in S o c i e t y I T H I R D T E R M (Summer) The increasing complexity of modern industry, business and government necessitates specialized training and continuous education. Increasing more rapidly than the supply is the demand for persons who can assume the roles of professional administrative personnel. Employment opportunities abound for men and women who have sufficient knowledge, expertise and initiative. This option is designed for prospective administrative personnel whose family and occupational responsibilities require them to continue employment while they study. Classes are scheduled twice a week at 5:30 p.m. and continue until 10:00 p.m. Courses listed are intended to provide students with the knowledge and skills they require to function efficiently in complex administrative settings, to enhance individual talents and to increase chances for success and promotion. The program is deliberately broad in scope. It is not limited to one particular sphere of business. S t u d e n t s l e a r n to e v a l u a t e , organize, and analyze data, research information, draft briefs and, in general, expand their executive potential, as well as to acquire skills relevant to their specific professions. A research paper germane to the student's professional interest must be satisfactorily completed before a College Certificate is awarded the graduate. This particular option is designed for persons who have had at least two years of work experience. The content and sequencing of courses are listed below. Changes may be arranged to meet individual and class needs. Interested persons may enroll as a full-time day student or as a part-time student taking less than a full program of courses. C o m m e r c e 261 W o r k in S o c i e t y II C o m m e r c e 299 C a r e e r P r a c t i c u m •Elective Major Program Requirements Recommended Courses Electives CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS 27 6 6 39 3 3 1.5 3 10.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 10.5 1.5 S E C O N D T E R M (Spring) ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT OPTION CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE CREDIT L A B HOURSHOURS 3 1.5 3 3 _2 9 F O U R T H T E R M (Fall) I C o m m e r c e 185 P u b l i c R e l a t i o n s E n g l i s h 100 Writing 'Elective 3 3 3 9 " P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 199 or a n y a p p r o p r i a t e C o m m e r c e or B u s . M g t c o u r s e is r e c o m m e n d e d . ADMINISTRATIVE SKILLS FOR W O M E N OPTION The reason often given for the fact that very few women are employed in administrative or executive positions is that they lack the required experience. Women who do not have the background are hesitant about applying for management openings. Insufficient e x p e r i e n c e also puts women at a disadvantage in training programs offered at the senior level. This option has been planned specifically for women to enable them to overcome the "experience gap". Administrative Skills for Women provides a supportive and complimentary framework for study in any area of administration. The option allows women with family and/or occupational responsibilities to obtain advanced training and to complete a Certificate through flexible evening classes. Courses are scheduled twice a week commencing at 5:30 p.m. and continuing through until 10:00 p.m. The course program can be completed in four terms. Subjects are designed to supplement and enrich the knowledge students have already acquired in specific fields. The Option is also suited to those women who wish to return to work after several years' absence. A research project must be completed before a Certificate is awarded. 3 26 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements Electives 31.5 7.5 39.0 Major Program Requirements Recommended Courses 69 _15_ 84 LAB HOURS 12.5 F I R S T T E R M (Fall) FIRSTTERM CREDIT HOURS C o m m e r c e 180 C o m m e r c e 182 C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 196 Professional Development Seminar W o m e n a n d the E c o n o m y Organizational and Office Dynamics Introduction to Research C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 158 3 3 C o m m e r c e 300 3 1.5 10.5 C o m m e r c e 350 W o m e n in M a n a g e m e n t T h e R o l e s of W o m e n a n d M e n in B u s i n e s s C o m m e r c e 198 Research Design L e g a l S t u d i e s 166 W o m e n a n d the L e g a l Process Elective 3 3 1.5 W o r k in S o c i e t y Career Practicum Public Relations Writing C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 301 3 3 3 9 C o m m e r c e 351 F r e n c h 106 F r e n c h 150 3 3 _3_ 9 F r e n c h 161 F r e n c h 171 3 1 3 3 3 3 .5 3 5 T y p i n g II Office & Organizational Dynamics Directed Work Experience S k i l l s L a b in F r e n c h or E n g l i s h Translation T e c h n i q u e s . French Communications Dialogue Canada/ E n g l i s h 091 Cultural Seminar 4.5 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 20.5 .5 3.5 tTHIRDTERM P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 199 or an appropriate C o m m e r c e , W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s or B u s i n e s s M g t . c o u r s e is r e c o m m e n d e d . C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 259 C o m m e r c e 303 BILINGUAL SECRETARIAL/ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRAM A constant need exists in government and in industry for the services of secretaries and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e p e r s o n n e l p r o f i c i e n t in 1.5 SECOND TERM F O U R T H T E R M (Fall) C o m m e r c e 185 E n g l i s h 100 "Elective 4.5 205 1.5 1.5 10.5 T H I R D T E R M (Summer) C o m m e r c e 260 C o m m e r c e 299 •Elective Typing 1 Office Technology & Procedures Directed Work Experience S k i l l s L a b in F r e n c h or English Communications 150 Basic Communications. F r e n c h 160 Dialogue Canada/ E n g l i s h 090 F r e n c h 170 Cultural Seminar Electives Commerce and French Electives S E C O N D T E R M (Spring) C o m m e r c e 181 C o m m e r c e 195 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS F r e n c h 151 F r e n c h 260 F r e n c h 270 * Electives translation skills. By and large the job opportunities open to those with the ability to speak more than one language are rewarding both professionally and financially. To qualify for a position, a person must possess not only bilingual fluency but must also demonstrate exceptional management skills and must understand the policies and principles of the organization for which he or she plans to work. Capilano College's bilingual diploma program has been planned with these factors in mind. Courses include: recent developments in office technology, and management, public, human and cultural relations skills, along with intensive audio-visual training in the French language. For French speaking students equivalent English courses are substituted. Graduates can obtain ex-government, diplomatic service, in business or industry, in Canada or abroad. Typing Speed Development Production Typing 1 Office Administration... Directed Work Experience French Business Communications Dialogue C a n a d a Cultural Seminar F r e n c h , C o m m e r c e or Humanities 1.5 3 3 1.5 1 3 3 1 _6 21.5 .5 2 tFOURTH TERM C o m m e r c e 174 Commerce176 C o m m e r c e 185 C o m m e r c e 304 F r e n c h 152 F r e n c h 261 F r e n c h 271 * Electives Typing Speed Development Production Typing I I — Public Relations Directed Work Experience French Business Communications Dialogue C a n a d a Cultural Seminar French, C o m m e r c e , or Humanities 1.5 3 3 1.5 1 3 3 1 .5 _6 21.5 2 • E l e c t i v e s m u s t b e c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h C o ordinators M a n a g e m e n t c o u r s e s m a y be s u b s t i t u t e d for s e c r e t a r i a l courses. % t T h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d in T h i r d a n d F o u r t h T e r m are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e . 27 ' L E G A L ASSISTANT P R O G R A M The practice of law is changing. While the basic role of the lawyer remains unchanged, the expansion of the law in many fields, and the roles the government plays in areas once restricted to the private sector, have led to recognition of a need for persons with specialized training not only in legal procedures, but also in the theoretical aspects of the law. Moreover, opportunities for professional legal office personnel are increasing as changes occur in the legal system. Graduates of this option will be working in a professional environment, directly or independently, under the supervision of a Barrister/ Solicitor. Since one of the functions of a legal assistant is to relieve the lawyer of many routine legal and administrative responsibilities, students will learn to prepare legal documents in accordance with Supreme Court Rules, to carry out investigations and examinations, to handle legal correspondence, and to act in a supportive capacity within the law firm or legal department. The demand for para-legal assistance is a relatively recent professional development but the future for para-legal personnel is exciting and unlimited. Four terms of English and/or Communications are mandatory for this Diploma program. Students who meet the pre-requisite for English 100 may choose to substitute this course and one other English course for Communications 150/151. A research paper germane to the student's field of interest must be satisfactorily completed before a Certificate is awarded. A minimum of three months of legal work experience is mandatory after the completion of the first year of this program. This "internship" will be organized by the Co-ordinator. B u s i n e s s 153 C o m m e r c e 199 C o m m e r c e 259 B u s i n e s s 152 C o m m e r c e 258 Communications 150 L e g a l S t u d i e s 150 L e g a l S t u d i e s 152 L e g a l S t u d i e s 153 L e g a l S t u d i e s 154 L e g a l S t u d i e s 157 Elective 3 3 Basic Communications I n t r o d u c t i o n to L e g a l Studies Litigation Procedures Corporate Procedures Land Registry System Wills and Probate 3 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 _3 21 THIRD TERM C o m m e r c e 184 L e g a l S t u d i e s 161 L e g a l S t u d i e s 170 L e g a l S t u d i e s 252 L e g a l S t u d i e s 253 L e g a l S t u d i e s 258 Elective Organizational and Office Dynamics Legislative Procedures Legal Research Torts Company Law Criminal Procedures 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 170 C o m m e r c e 299 Communications 152 L e g a l S t u d i e s 255 L e g a l S t u d i e s 256 L e g a l S t u d i e s 270 Elective Business Law I Career Practicum 3 3 Technical Writing Real Property Family Law Labour Law 3 3 3 3 3 21 NOTE: It is r e c o m m e n d e d that skill and basic procedural courses be taken during the final two terms and the legal theory and advanced procedural courses during the last two terms. Students are encouraged to "specialize" in their third and fourth terms. Individual needs and interests will be taken into consideration in planning a program of studies. Where advisable certain courses may be substituted for others. All changes in curriculum must be authorized by the program Co-ordinator. CREDIT HOURS Accounting Office Procedures — Legal Accounting Career Practicum Office Administration — Legal Communications 151 Business Communications L e g a l S t u d i e s 151 I n t r o d u c t i o n to L e g a l S t u d i e s II L e g a l S t u d i e s 155 C o n v e y a n c e a n d M o r t g a g e Procedures L e g a l S t u d i e s 162 P r o b l e m s to L i t i g a t i o n L e g a l S t u d i e s 172 L e g a l D o c u m e n t s 'Waiting final approval from the Department of Education, Victoria, B.C. FIRSTTERM CREDIT HOURS SECONDTERM NOTE: It is possible for students who desire to exceed the required number of credit hours in any term to take other course(s) for audit or credit after consultation with the Co-ordinator. Students on Certificate or Diploma programs (i.e. not Vocational programs) may wish to take less than the full-time course load, in any one term. This decision will affect the amount of time required to obtain a Certificate of Diploma. 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 "IT- 28 CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE LEGAL STUDIES OPTION CREDIT HOURS This option is designed for students who have at least two years of legal office experience, who wish to specialize in the following areas of legal study: Commercial and Corporate Specialty Litigation Specialty Probate and Property Specialty Legal Aid Specialty Legal Office Management Specialty It is anticipated that students on this option will be in a position to challenge the basic procedural courses required by the first two terms of Legal Assistant option. Although some procedural courses are suggested the emphasis in the Legal Studies option is on providing students with a thorough grasp of the theoretical aspects of the practice of law and practices within the legal office. Courses may be taken in any order and individuals are encouraged to adapt a program that meets their specific interests and requirements. Programs must be approved by the Co-ordinator. Students must provide evidence that they have legal office experience before being admitted; and a research paper must be completed before a Certificate is awarded. Major Program Requirements Recommended Courses 18.0 22.5 40.5 REQUIRED COURSES CREDIT HOURS C o m m e r c e 299 'Communications 150/151 Career Practicum Basic and Business Communications L e g a l S t u d i e s 150/151 L e g a l S t u d i e s L e g a l S t u d i e s 170 Legal Research 3 6 6 _3 18.0 PLUS ANY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING COMPLEMENTS T O M A K E A T O T A L O F 39 C R E D I T H O U R S . COMMERCIAL AND CORPORATE SPECIALTY B u s i n e s s 170/171 B u s i n e s s 173 C o m m e r c e 186 L e g a l S t u d i e s 153 L e g a l S t u d i e s 163 L e g a l S t u d i e s 253 L e g a l S t u d i e s 270 B u s i n e s s L a w I a n d II Consumer Law Consumer Counselling Corporate Procedures P r o b l e m s in C o r p o r a t e Procedures C o m p a n y Law Labour Law 6 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 22.5 OR LITIGATION S P E C I A L T Y L e g a l S t u d i e s 152 L e g a l S t u d i e s 161 L e g a l S t u d i e s 162 L e g a l S t u d i e s 172 L e g a l S t u d i e s 252 L e g a l S t u d i e s 256 L e g a l S t u d i e s 258 Electives Litigation Procedures Legislative P r o c e s s e s P r o b l e m s in L i t i g a t i o n Legal Documents Torts Family Law Criminal Procedures 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 3 3 4.5 22.5 OR PROBATE AND PROPERTY SPECIALTY B u s i n e s s 170 L e g a l S t u d i e s 154 L e g a l S t u d i e s 155 L e g a l S t u d i e s 157 L e g a l S t u d i e s 165 L e g a l S t u d i e s 252 L e g a l S t u d i e s 254 L e g a l S t u d i e s 255 L e g a l S t u d i e s 257 B u s i n e s s Law I Land Registry System Conveyance and Mortgage Procedures Wills and Probate Procedures Advanced Conveyancing... Torts Municipal Law Real Property Succession 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 22.5 OR L E G A L AID S P E C I A L T Y B u s i n e s s 173 C o n s u m e r Law L e g a l S t u d i e s 152 Litigation Procedures L e g a l S t u d i e s 169 Citizen Advocacy L e g a l S t u d i e s 250 L a w in S o c i e t y L e g a l S t u d i e s 258 Criminal Procedures L e g a l S t u d i e s 259/269 H u m a n R i g h t s L e g a l S t u d i e s 268 Criminal Law 3 1.5 3 3 3 6 3 22.5 29 OR C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 186 C o m m e r c e 258 C o m m e r c e 299 Elective* LEGAL OFFICE MANAGEMENT SPECIALTY B u s i n e s s 152/153 B u s i n e s s 170/171 C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 259 L e g a l S t u d i e s 270 Electives Accounting B u s i n e s s L a w I a n d II Organizational and Office Dynamics Legal Office Administration Labour Law 6 6 19.5 Business Mana g e m e n t 161 C o m m e r c e 165 C o m m e r c e 176 C o m m e r c e 180 C o m m e r c e 185 C o m m e r c e 302 OFFICE T E C H N O L O G Y P R O G R A M This option is designed to assist students in ascertaining their clerical skills, in developing their marketable aptitudes and in broadening their existing abilities and knowledge. Clerical positions are as diverse as the wide variety of fascinating occupations in which they abound; many clerical positions offer excellent opportunities for advancement. The following program of study provides students with a solid background for occupations involving: bookkeeping, accounting, banking, communications, data control, payroll, purchasing, public relations and numerous other vital responsibilities within such fields as advertising, marketing, purchasing transportation, manufacturing, finance, public service, law and medicine. C o m m e r c e 183 Communications 150 Basic Communications . Elective* 13 3 4.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 C o m m e r c e 164 1.5 3 3 1.5 _6 2 19.5 3.5 3_ 3 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS 3 1.5 Major Program Requirements Electives 3 4.5 B u s i n e s s 150 3 3 3 LAB HOURS 64.5 19-5 _ 84.0 10.5 FIRSTTERM 3 E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping Typing 1 Alphabetic Shorthand... Office Technology & Procedures 1.5 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 C o m m e r c e 158 1.5 Communications 150 Basic Communications . Elective** THIRD TERM E l e m e n t s of B u s i n e s s Mathematics Typing S p e e d Development I 1.5 3 3 19.5 C o m m e r c e 161 1.5 A secretarial position has always been an excellent springboard from which a person can enter any number of interesting fields; such as advertising, editing, journalism, public relations, legal, and public service. Women have more opportunity for advancement today than they have ever had; even men are obtaining the practical skills that secretarial training provides. This option is geared specifically towards enhancing potential and providing students with an understanding of business procedures, and administration particularly in the field in which they have chosen to seek employment. Students on this option may specialize, in the third and fourth term, by electing legal or medical procedural courses. Individual progress and achievement of specific performance objectives are emphasized. SECOND TERM Accounting I n t r o d u c t i o n to Date Processing T y p i n g II Organizational & Office Dynamics CommunicationsBusiness 151 Communications Elective* 5 SECRETARIAL P R O G R A M 63 JI5_ 19.5 B u s i n e s s 153 Business Mana g e m e n t 180 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 184 2 * " E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d b e c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r . C o m m e r c e 197 — C a r e e r S e m i n a r is rec o m m e n d e d a s an e l e c t i v e for f u l l t i m e s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in t h i s o p t i o n . FIRSTTERM Accounting Typing 1 Office Technology and Procedures B u s i n e s s Machines and Calculations Credit and Collections .. Typing Speed Development Production Typing I I — Professional Development S e m i n a r Public Relations Directed Work Experience Electives* A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A B u s i n e s s 152 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 158 1.5 FOURTH TERM 3 3 1-5 ' E n g l i s h 100 a n d o n e o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e may be substituted. 78 3 3 3 3 _3_ 3 22.5 Major Program Requirements Electives Production Typing 1 Consumer Counselling.. Office Procedures Career Practicum 1.5 3 4.5 4.5 1.5 3 3 3 21.0 30 1.5 3 SECONDTERM Business 155 Essentials of Bookkeeping Commerce 154 Typing II Commerce 177 Shorthand Speed Development Commerce 184 Organizational & Office Dynamics Communications 151 Business Communications Electives** THIRD TERM Commerce 162 Machine Transcription .. Commerce 164 Typing Speed Development I Commerce 166 Production Typing 1 Commerce 178 Shorthand Speed Development Commerce 180 Professional Development Seminar Commerce 258 Office Procedures Electives** FOURTH TERM Commerce 163 Machine Transcription .. Commerce 174 Typing Speed Development III Commerce 176 Production Typing I I — Commerce 179 Shorthand Speed Development Commerce 185 Public Relations Commerce 259 Office Administration... Electives** 3 4.5 Communications 150 Basic Communications . Vocational Commerce 360Vocational Skills Lab ... 1.5 SECONDTERM Business 153 Accounting Business Management 161 Credit and Collections .. Commerce 154 Typing II Commerce 161 Elements of Business Mathematics Commerce 186 Consumer Counselling.. Commerce 258 Office Procedures Commerce 302 Directed Work or Elective Experience Communications 151 Business Communications Vocational Commerce 360Vocational Skills Lab . . . 3 3 4.5 21.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 3 6 21.0 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 3 6 21.0 3 C L E R K TYPIST - 3 1.5 1.5 4.5 3 3 3 TERM (4 Months) 1.5 3 Essentials of Bookkeeping Commerce 152 Typing 1 "Commerce 156 Alphabetical Shorthand. Commerce 158 Office Technology and Procedures Commerce 183 Business Machines and Calculations 'Commerce 180 Professional Development Seminar Commerce 300 Di rected Work or 301 Experience Communications 150 Basic Communications. Vocational Commerce 352 Skills Lab in Typing 3 1.5 4 MONTHS CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 4.5 4.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 1.5 3 1 3 25 _3 7.5 ( "Students have the option of electing either of these courses. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 1.5 3 4.5 1.5 _4 7.0 Business 150 The objectives of the bookkeeping option is to provide students with a basic understanding of the theory of accounting and its practical application within an office environment. Emphasis is placed on the necessity of keeping adequate and accurate records. The option includes courses that provide excellent training in general office skills. 3 VOCATIONAL - 1.5 The objectives of this vocational program are to provide basic office skills and procedures. Besides providing a foundation in practical skills the courses are designed to increase versatility, initiative, resourcefulness and to strengthen organizational ability. Students will have the opportunity to participate in the Directed Work Experience Laboratory after completing the program. COMMERCIAL BOOKKEEPER — VOCATIONAL — 8 MONTHS Business 152 Accounting Business 170 Business Law I Commerce 152 Typing 1 Commerce 158 Office Technology and Procedures Commerce 183 Business Machines and Calculations Commerce 184 Organizational and Office Dynamics _4 8.5 22.5 OFFICE TRAINING FIRSTTERM 22.5 3 **Electives should be chosen in consultation with Coordinator. A student whose goal is to become either a legal, medical or executive secretary will be assisted in choosing the appropriate courses. VOCATIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAMS 3 CLERK TYPIST UPGRADING — V O C A T I O N A L 6 WEEKS The clerk typist refresher program will serve the needs of people already familiar with the typewriter keyboard and any type of shorthand, but with insufficient speed to market either of their skills. The Upgrading Program will provide students with the opportunity to improve their skills to a competitive level and 3 31 Legal Studies I n t r o d u c t i o n to L e g a l 251 S t u d i e s II Vocational C o m m e r c e 3 5 2 S k i l l s L a b in T y p i n g will include typing speed development drills; shorthand speed development; timed typing production; dicta-typing; office machines, such as I.B.M. Executive Typewriter, and automatic typing equipment; basic business English required by clerical workers; the composition and typing of resumes and application forms; and laboratory time in which to practice and develop skills. Note: Students without shorthand may take the program to upgrade typing and office skills. This program will be offered upon final approval of the Department of Education, Victoria. This 4-month intensive training program is designed to provide students with excellent skill development, practical experience and sufficient related theory to enable them to qualify for employment as legal stenographers in law firms or legal departments. Legal secretaries and stenographers are in great demand and graudates of the program should have no difficulty in obtaining interesting and rewarding positions. T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) Office Technology and Procedures C o m m e r c e 162/ M a c h i n e T r a n s c r i p t i o n — 163 Legal C o m m e r c e 164 T y p i n g S p e e d D e v e l o p ment I C o m m e r c e 177 S h o r t h a n d S p e e d Development C o m m e r c e 258 L e g a l Office Procedures Communications 150 Basic Communications. Legal Studies 152 Litigation P r o c e d u r e s . . . Legal Studies 153 Corporate Procedures .. Legal Studies 154 Land Registry S y s t e m . . . Legal Studies 157 Wills and Probate Legal Studies 160 Legal Theory C o m m e r c e 259 Communicat i o n s 151 Legal Studies 155 Legal Studies 157 Will and Probate 3 1.5 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 25.5 4.5 3 C O M M E R C I A L AND SECRETARIAL UPGRADING — VOCATIONAL — LENGTH VARIABLE 3 1.5 The objectives of this program are to increase and improve office skills and procedures, to explore and study new developments and techniques in business and industry; and to keep pace with, and to meet the demands that changing technology imposes on the job market. Students must take the following courses: 1.5 1.5 6 7.5 S E C O N D T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) T y p i n g 11 Machine Transcription— Legal S h o r t h a n d S p e e d Development Legal Office Administration Business Communications C o n v e y a n c e a n d Mortgage procedures CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS C o m m e r c e 158 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Typing 1 4.5 Alphabetic Shorthand... 4.5 1.5 Office P r o c e d u r e s Legal 3 22.5 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 162/ 163 C o m m e r c e 179 6 LEGAL S T E N O G R A P H E R — VOCATIONAL — 4 MONTHS F I R S T T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) Communicat i o n s 150 Basic Communications. Legal Studies I n t r o d u c t i o n to L e g a l 150 Studies 1 Legal Studies 152 Litigation P r o c e d u r e s . . . Legal Studies 153 Corporate Procedures .. Legal Studies 154 Land Registry S y s t e m . . . Vocational C o m m e r c e 3 5 2 S k i l l s L a b in T y p i n g 3 22.5 LEGAL S T E N O G R A P H E R — VOCATIONAL 8 MONTHS The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal stenographers. Experienced office assistance is not always readily available and busy lawyers no longer have the time to train personnel themselves. The 8-month legal stenographer program at Capilano College covers three main categories: law courses which provide a fundamental understanding of the legal system in British Columbia; legal shorthand and typing; and legal office procedures, which include an understanding of the legal stenographer's role. C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 C o m m e r c e 258 3 4.5 3 HOURS LAB PER HOURS WEEK PER WEEK 3 3 C o m m e r c e 158 3 C o m m e r c e 184 3 Office Technology & Procedures Organizational and Office Dynamics Communication 150 Basic Communications . 1.5 3 3 3_ 9 1.5 32 1.5 1.5 T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) P l u s at least 12 c r e d i t h o u r s f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g o p t i o n s : ( T h e s e c o u r s e s m u s t be c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e Co-ordinator). Communications 150 Basic Communications . C o m m e r c e 161 E l e m e n t s of B u s i n e s s Mathematics C o m m e r c e 180 P r o f e s s i o n a l D e v e l o p ment Seminar C o m m e r c e 197 C a r e e r s S e m i n a r C o m m e r c e 299 C a r e e r P r a c t i c u m Vocational C o m m e r c e 3 5 8 V o c a t i o n a l S k i l l s L a b in Changing Technology Vocational V o c . S k i l l s lab in J o b C o m m e r c e 359 E x p l o r a t i o n Elective 1. S e c r e t a r i a l B a s i c S k i l l s B u s i n e s s 150 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping Typing 1 Alphabetic Shorthand... 3 4.5 4.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2. A d v a n c e d S e c r e t a r i a l U p g r a d i n g C o m m e r c e 162 C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 165 C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 171 C o m m e r c e 177 C o m m e r c e 258 Machine Transcription .. Typing Speed Development I Typing S p e e d Developm e n t 11 Production Typing 1 Specialized Shorthand .. Shorthand Speed Development Office Procedures 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3. C o m m e r c i a l B o o k k e e p i n g U p g r a d i n g C o m m e r c e 161 Accounting T y p i n g II B u s i n e s s M a c h i n e s and Calculators E l e m e n t s of B u s i n e s s Mathematics 3 4.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 1 3 1 1 4 _3_ 4 J _ 16.0 12.5 'Vocational Commerce 040 — EMPLOYMENT ORIENTATION FOR W O M E N Entrance Requirements: Students must be 16 years of age or over, with typing speed of 40 W.P.M. and shorthand speed of 60 W.P.M. There exists a very great need for women, particularly those who have been at home for many years, to gain assistance and support in returning to work. As a result of being out of touch with the labour market, women are unrealistic and lack confidence in establishing career goals. In addition, due to societal expectations and conditioning, women often fail to consider areas of employment for which they may be very suitable. This intensive 6 week program will be organized in the form of seminars and will focus around four major areas. There will be assignments and exercises relating to subjects discussed, also a short list of recommended reading. Following are the main areas to be covered: Intake Dates: See Co-ordinator. Fees: $15.00 per month supplies. 3 There are two other vocational programs designed to assist people in the area of employment. Students may apply to be sponsored by Canada Manpower. Call 988-1151 for further information about Employment Orientation for Women (6 weeks) or Basic Job Readiness Training (up to 4 months). O R legal or m e d i c a l e l e c t i v e s B u s i n e s s 152 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 160 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS plus books and All vocational programs are comprised of 30 hours per week contact with an Instructor. As well as scheduled class, lab and seminar hours, field trips, discussion groups, and remedial work will be arranged as required by group and/or individual needs and interests. CAREER ALTERNATIVE P R O G R A M — VOCATIONAL — 4 MONTH P R O G R A M 1. Careers Seminar — provides students with an opportunity to explore Career possibilities through informal meetings with representatives from a wide range of professions. Emphasis is placed upon discussion of career options within each area and upon practical information relative to speaker's expertise. 2. Professional Development Seminar — provides an opportunity for women to meet in a group setting to explore present or future career concerns relating to status, age, image, opportunities for employment and advancement, information services, etc. Emphasis will be placed on meeting the needs of the individual. This program is designed to provide a supportive framework in which individuals will be able to explore career and employment possibilities in line with their skills and potential abilities. Special attention will be paid to the particular difficulties the individual might face in returning to the work force, and the ways in which these problems may be overcome. Encouragement will be given to the individual who is considering alternate types of employment. This program should provide many new experiences for people who have been restricted because of family, economic, educational, or social considerations. 33 tions and issues relating to the students' involvement in the Employment Orientation for Women Program. 4. Organizational and Office Dynamics Seminar — provides persons with practical experience and skill in handling potential human relations problems. Problem areas include troublesome employer/employee relationships, supervisory difficulties, grievances, discrimination, office protocol, etc. 3. Vocational Skills Seminar — a tutorial for individual counselling and assistance. Several of the sessions will be devoted to experiential activities and group discussions on subjects related to personal development, such as communication skills, group dynamics, body language and assertiveness training. The rest of the time will be spent in group discussion and individual counselling regarding career op- 34 Art Program This recently expanded program offers a wide variety of Fine and Applied Arts courses which are structured into five basic options: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Art Education and The B.F.A. Studio options are primarily for students intending to continue their studies following a one or twoyear experience at this College, whereas the Crafts and the Communicative Arts options canJead directly into employment. The new Advanced Art Study Program provides opportunities for those who have already gained basic skills and who feel the need for experiences of a challenging and professional nature. Note: Students enrolled in the Art Program should be prepared to purchase supplies in amounts ranging from $25.00 to $75.00 per term. Lab Fees: Lab fees must be paid at time of registration. The exceptions, for which no lab fees are charged, are: Art 100, 101,173,193, 260,261 and Communications 150,153. ART EDUCATION Consisting of basic art experiences designed to thoroughly prepare students for entry to the Vancouver School of Art or to any other Art School, this program is also appropriate for those wishing to enter fields where a generalized practical art background would be an advantage. In addition, the varied nature of the courses offered in this program provides an excellent opportunity for students to investigate the visual arts on a more tentative basis or to enrich their lives through creative experiences in selected areas of study. Students enrolled in other College programs are invited to take one or more courses on an elective basis. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS 66 6 6 18 78 ~l8 ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRSTTERM Art 100 A r t 154 Art 158 I n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e V i s u a l Arts I ! General Drawing I Design I 3 3 3 Sculpture 1 Painting 1 Printmaking I Basic Communications 3 3 3 3 21 3 — 3 SECONDTERM Art 101 Art Education Program Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Program Commercial Program Crafts Program Advanced Art Study Program Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives « Art 167 Art 171 Art 182 C m n s 150 Art 164 A r t 172 Art 174 A r t 178 Art 183 C m n s 153 I n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e V i s u a l A r t s II G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II P a i n t i n g II S c u l p t u r e II D e s i g n II P r i n t m a k i n g II C o m m u n i c a t i o n and the Arts 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 THIRDTERM Art 250 Art 257 A r t 260 Art 262 Art 282 Elective Painting M e d i a l S c u l p t u r e III 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t . . . . A d v a n c e d Life Drawing I P r i n t m a k i n g III FOURTH TERM Art 255 Art 261 A r t 263 Art 265 A r t 283 Elective P a i n t i n g M e d i a II 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t . . . . Advanced Life Drawing I I — S c u l p t u r e IV P r i n t m a k i n g IV ' S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s for C o m m u n i c a t i o n 150/153 may d o s o w i t h the Art C o ordinator's approval. U.B.C. BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS STUDIO PROGRAM This program is designed for students planning to apply for admission to the second or third year at U.B.C. in the B.F.A. Studio program. Those applying for this program are reminded that their admission to the U.B.C. program is by selection, based on standing, courses and assessment of portfolios. The year of admission, whether second or third, will be at the discretion of the Department at U . B . C . A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS 30 12 36 6 78 6 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives Art 152 Art 158 English F.A. 100 Elective Elective Elective Life Drawing Design I Any transferable English course H i s t o r y of Art I F.A. 101 Elective Elective Elective D e s i g n II Life Drawing Any transferable English course H i s t o r y of Art II — Painting Media 1 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 0 General Drawing I Design I Fabric Printing 1 Pottery 1 Weaving I 3 3 3 3 3 W e a v i n g II Basic Communications 3 3 - Painting M e d i a l l 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 J" 18 6 3 3 3 3 SECONDTERM Art 161 Art 164 A r t 165 F a b r i c P r i n t i n g II G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II P o t t e r y II Art 168 Weaving I or Art 169 A r t 178 C m n s 153 0 3 W e a v i n g II D e s i g n II C o m m u n i c a t i o n s a n d the Arts 3 3 3 18 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 9 THIRD T E R M Art 260 Art 267 Art 273 Art 284 Elective 3 FOURTH TERM Art 255 Art 261 English Elective Elective Elective 30 or Art 169 C m n s 150 THIRD T E R M Art 250 Art 260 English Elective Elective Elective 66 FIRSTTERM Art 154 Art 158 Art 160 Art 163 Art 168 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 30 LAB HOURS SECONDTERM Art 178 Art 184 English 54 6 6 CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 LAB HOURS CRAFTS CURRICULUM B.F.A. STUDIO P R O G R A M T R A N S F E R C U R R I C U L U M CREDIT HOURS CREDIT HOURS 19th & 20th C e n t u r y Art W e a v i n g III P o t t e r y III F a b r i c P r i n t i n g III FOURTH TERM 3 3 CRAFTS P R O G R A M The core content of this program consists of weaving, fabric printing and pottery but is supported by courses in drawing and design. Those who graduate may seek employment as instructors in a variety of community art programs or in institutions making use of Occupational Therapy. Alternatively, they may establish themselves as practising artists on either a full-time or part-time basis. The crafts offer ideal opportunities for individuals wishing to extend their leisure-time horizons and for students in other programs seeking electives. 36 Art 261 Art 268 Art 274 19th & 20th C e n t u r y A r t W e a v i n g IV P o t t e r y IV Art 285 Elective F a b r i c P r i n t i n g IV 3 • S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s for C o m m u n i c a t i o n 1 5 0 / 1 5 3 m a y d o so w i t h t h e A r t C o ordinator's approval. SECONDTERM A r t 164 A r t 170 A r t 173 A r t 178 A r t 184 Art 192 C m n s 153 C O M M E R C I A L ART P R O G R A M "The ear is a less trustworthy witness than the eye." Herodotus 500 B O Effective communication relies today, more than ever, on a creative visual component. The Commercial Art Program prepares students for employment in commercial, industrial or educational areas of visual communications. After acquiring basic skills and knowledge during the first two terms, the student is encouraged to concentrate on those areas which talent and temperament suggest are most suitable. A variety of real and simulated visual communication problems are taken from initial design concept to finished art and reproduction. The aim is to provide the job experience demanded by employers and portfolio samples to demonstrate competence. Some graduates may elect to enter the work force, to earn as they learn and gain more experience, but the program recognizes that many may decide to continue their studies at four-year colleges such as Vancouver School of Art, Graphic Design department. The curriculum lists several courses which are also offered in other options and departments, including General Drawing, Design, and Photography. These are special sections which conform to the Communicative Arts program requirements. While they may be open to students not involved in the complete program, the specific course content should be discussed with the Co-ordinator and be fully understood before enrollment. The program demands that considerable time be spent on assignments over and above the class hours listed. Workshops are scheduled after many classes, to permit assignments to be completed, using college facilities and equipment. Elective Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives LAB HOURS 12 81 12 A r t 193 C m n s 150 Life Drawing General Drawing I Design I Lettering and Type Photography for the G r a p h i c Arts Graphic Communications . . . Basic Communications 0 THIRD T E R M A r t 251 A r t 252 A r t 275 A r t 278 A r t 298 Elective Illustration Applied Design I Rendering Techniques I G r a p h i c a n d Print M e d i a Advertising Design 3 3 3 3 3 ?_ 18 3 3 6 S u g g e s t e d E l e c t i v e s : A r t 262, A d v a n c e d L i f e D r a w i n g Art 180, F a s h i o n g I l l u s t r a t i o n I FOURTH TERM Art 253 A r t 269 A r t 279 A r t 280 Art 295 Elective A p p l i e d D e s i g n II A d v a n c e d Illustration Display Design Design Workshop R e n d e r i n g T e c h n i q u e s II 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 S u g g e s t e d E l e c t i v e s : A r t 181, F a s h i o n I l l u s t r a t i o n II A r t 263, A d v a n c e d L i f e D r a w i n g A D V A N C E D ART STUDY P R O G R A M This program provides opportunities for individuals to acquire expertise in selected areas of advanced study. The typical candidate will have successfully completed two or more years of study in related fields at this or any other post-secondary institution. Others will have gained equivalent experience outside the formal educational system. Admission to courses in this Program will be at the discretion of the instructors concerned and candidates must be prepared for a preliminary evaluation process which will determine their eligibility. Those admitted to the Advanced Art Study Program courses will be expected to be highly motivated and capable of serious, sustained effort. A feature of this option is the extended studio time made available to participants on a regularly scheduled basis for the purpose of individual research and development, especially where access to essential equipment and facilities are necessary. Students desiring an Advanced Art Study Program Certificate may select any combination of the above courses which result in the accumulation of the required number of credit hours. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3_ 21 3 3 S u g g e s t e d Elective: Art 176, S t u d i o and Location Photography FIRSTTERM A r t 152 A r t 154 A r t 158 A r t 162 A r t 175 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS 66 6 9 G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II Graphic Arts I n t r o d u c t i o n to A d v e r t i s i n g . . D e s i g n II Life Drawing Typography C o m m u n i c a t i o n s a n d the Arts 0 37 ADVANCED ART STUDY P R O G R A M CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements CREDIT HOURS 12 12 FIRSTTERM A r t 306 A r t 308 Art 312 Art 314 A r t 316 Advanced Stone Carving I Kiln Building and Firing Techniques I W a l l H a n g i n g s for H o m e a n d Industry I A d v a n c e d P a i n t i n g — Ideas a n d Contemporary Media I A d v a n c e d E d i t i o n i n g — Intaglio a n d Relief 1 3 3 3 3 3 SECONDTERM Art 304 Art 310 Art 313 Art 315 Art 317 Foundry Practice I C e r a m i c C a s t i n g and Decorating Techniques 1 W a l l H a n g i n g s for H o m e a n d I n d u s t r y II A d v a n c e d P a i n t i n g — Ideas a n d C o n t e m p o r a r y M e d i a II A d v a n c e d E d i t i o n i n g — Intaglio a n d R e l i e f II 3 3 3 3 3 Important: T h i s particular program has been developed as a m e a n s of p r o v i d i n g t h e s e r i o u s art s t u d e n t w h o h a s a l r e a d y a c h i e v e d a b r o a d art e d u c a t i o n w i t h t h e o p p o r t u n i t y for further in-depth s t u d y in s e l e c t e d art a r e a s . S i n c e s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in t h i s p r o g r a m w i l l require a c o n s i d e r a b l e a m o u n t of s t u d i o a n d w o r k s h o p t i m e u s i n g t h e f a c i l i t i e s a n d e q u i p m e n t of t h e A r t C e n t r e , a m a x i m u m of t w o c o u r s e s o n l y m a y b e t a k e n in a n y o n e t e r m . W i t h t h e prior a u t h o r i z a t i o n of the Art C o - o r d i n a t o r , a s t u d e n t may b e p e r m i t t e d to e n r o l l in m o r e than t w o c o u r s e s per term. 38 i) Business Management Programs ii) iii) The accelerating development of scientific knowledge and behavioural sciences increases the complexity of modern business management. In order to compete, the prospective business manager must not only be intelligent and hard-working but also have a good business education as well. This two-year, day-time program provides the student with a comprehensive education in basic managerial skills, and gives a practical foundation for those who wish to enter a career in business either as an independent entrepreneur or as a prospective employee-manager. The student may enrol in one or more courses during a given term with a maximum of five courses per term (i.e., 15 credit hours per week). Graduates of this program who have successfully completed the suitable courses may transfer to the second year of the B.C.I.T, Business Management Options (see B.C.I.T. Calendar for details). Such a transfer is subject to the recommendation of the Program Coordinator. Similarly, upon prior approval, students of the Extension Program may transfer to the (day-time) Business Management Program and vice-versa. Prior to the commencement of the new term, the College will announce the selection of evening courses to be offered during that particular term. These courses will be selected from the Business Management courses offered in the full two year program. After completion of the first two terms' course requirements the student may select one of several second year options namely: i) The Accounting/Financial Management Program. ii) The Marketing Management Program Transfer to one of several specialization programs, at the B.C.I.T. Business Management Divisions second year program (see B.C.I.T. calendar for second year course descriptions). iii) Computer Systems Management Programs. It should be noted that students may enrol in individual Business Management Courses without having to take a full program. This may be of interest to students who wish to complete educational requirements for other degrees or diplomas (e.g., B.Comm, C . A . , C . G . A . , R.I.A., I.C.S.A., A . P . A . , etc), since several courses carry t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y to other educational programs. COMPUTER SYSTEMS M A N A G E M E N T PROGRAM in North America, the number of computer installations has grown from about 2000 in 1960 to 100,000 in 1970 and is estimated to reach 400,000 by 1980. The computing industry is currently growing at a 20 percent annual rate indicating that it will not be too many years until this industry will have the same economic impact as the auto industry has to-day. This rapid growth has produced a serious shortage of qualified computer operators, programmers and systems analysts. Up to 1965, due to costs, computers were available only to the larger businesses. Today a need exists for versatile computer personnel people trained in computer operation, programming, systems analysis, the application of computers, and management. Developments in the last decade have brought computer c a p a b i l i t y to an everexpanding circle of smaller organizations. One such development has been the creation of efficient and low-cost minicomputers and small business computers. In terms of number of installations, these small and minicomputers now represent 83 percent of the total number of computer installations. These small organizations cannot afford specialists in each segment of computer application. This two year program provides the students with the comprehensive training required to BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T EVENING EXTENSION PROGRAM Business Management Evening Extension requirements: CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 39 3_ 42 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements A comprehensive education in business related topics, with an emphasis on an applied coverage of the subject. Expertise in a specific area to meet job requirements and/or career goals. Completion of specific courses to meet the requirements of other degrees and diplomas (e.g., C.A., C.G.A., R.I.A., A.P.A., B. Com., I.C.S.A.) 84 84 This flexible evening program is designed to serve those individuals who wish to achieve one or more of the following: 39 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT satisfy this new business need for a more versatile computer person. Due to limited spaces in the program, all interested persons should apply early. Candidates must have an interview with the Co-ordinator of the program. Entry to the program will be based on interest and aptitude. B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 184 Accounting I B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 185 Accounting h B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 257 The Corporation and Society B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 266 Canadian Financial Institutions and Money Markets 6 6 3 3 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION OPTION As business and industry change to meet society's demands, so must government administration become more progressive. Public officials and politicians recognize that changes in legislation necessitate better-trained and informed personnel at all levels of government and administration. Federal, provincial, and municipal civil servants must be competent, well-educated persons who can contend with diverse responsibilities. The civil service involves a wide variety of work situations, therefore, any training program must be broad and must include courses tailored to suit individual needs. The Public Administration option is designed for two types of students — those already working in the public service who wish inservice training, and those in need of training in order to enter the public service. This option allows students to put together a program of courses drawn from a number of disciplines at the College. Each student's program must be planned in consultation with the Co-ordinator of Administrative Science and Office Technology and must receive the approval of the department. The program can be taken on a full-time basis during the day or part-time, during the day or evening. Program requirements of the Public Administration Option are: Subject to the approval of the Co-ordinator, students enrolled in the day time program may transfer to the Evening Business Management Extension Program. EVENING BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T P R O G R A M REQUIREMENTS CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements The above certificate is awarded after successful completion of the first two terms of the program. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A REQUIREMENTS CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements Note: Computer Systems Management students require a total of 49.5 and 91.5 credits respectively in order to obtain a Capilano College Certificate and Diploma. CREDIT HOURS 39 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS C o u r s e work 75 The courses for the Public Administration option will be drawn from the following disciplines: Business, Business Management, Communications, Commerce, Legal Studies, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. Appropriate courses from each of these disciplines include: BUSINESS B u s i n e s s 170 B u s i n e s s 171 CREDIT HOURS Business Law I B u s i n e s s L a w II 93 93 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Course Work 51 51 3 3 40 MARKETING MANAGEMENT F I R S T T E R M (FALL) B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 150 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 158 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 170 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 172 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 180 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 184 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 290 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 161 E c o n o m i c s 100 Business Mathematics Marketing I M a t h e m a t i c s of B u s i n e s s and Finance Administrative Practises and Organization I n t r o d u c t i o n to D a t a Processing Accounting I Programming I Communications H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s . . 3 4.5 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM COMPUTER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 3 3 3 / /' 4.5 ... , 3 3 4.5 3 3 4.5 27 27 3 4.5 3 4.5 3 4.5 3 4.5 3 3 3 3 3 4.5 6 3 25.5 S E C O N D T E R M (SPRING) B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 151 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 159 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 171 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 176 B u s i n e s s M a n a g m e n t 185 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 262 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 291 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 151 E c o n o m i c s 101 Statistical A n a l y s i s and Application M a r k e t i n g II Applied Business Statistics M a n a g e m e n t in Industry A c c o u n t i n g II S y s t e m s Analysis and Applications I P r o g r a m m i n g II Business Communications Canadian Economics (Macro and Micro) 4.5 3 3 24 24 3 6 3 24 THIRD T E R M (FALL) B u s i n e s s 170 B u s i n e s s 260 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 255 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 260 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 263 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 264 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 266 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 271 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 272 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 273 B u s i n e s s M a n a g m e n t 275 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 280 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 284 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 292 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 293 Business Law I Salesmanship I Financial and Managerial Accounting I Finance I A d v a n c e d Data Processing Cost Accounting I Canadian Financial Institutions and Money Markets Retailing C o n s u m e r Behaviour E l e m e n t s of A d v e r t i s i n g Strategy Marketing Research Auditing I Taxation P r o g r a m m i n g III Systems Analysis and A p p l i c a t i o n s II 3 3 4.5 1.5 21 21 1.5 22.5 F O U R T H T E R M (SPRING) B u s i n e s s 171 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 157 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 189 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 256 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 257 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 261 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 274 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 276 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 277 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 278 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 293 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 294 B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t 296 B u s i n e s s L a w II E l e m e n t s of M e r c h a n d i s i n g — B u s i n e s s D y n a m i c s II Financial and Managerial A c c o u n t i n g II Corporation and Society F i n a n c e II C o s t A c c o u n t i n g II Marketing Management International M a r k e t i n g S a l e s m a n s h i p II Systems Analysis and A p p l i c a t i o n s II P r o g r a m m i n g IV Management and Information Systems 6 4.5 21 41 21 16.5 Chemical Technology Programs analyze and solve problems, and to report the results clearly and concisely. Throughout the course, sufficient emphasis is placed on analytical chemistry, electricity materials, and mathematics to allow an understanding and operation of the techniques and instrumentation used in chemical analyses. Employment opportunities currently exist in the fields of process control and quality controls with government agencies, research, and industrial laboratories. C a p i l a n o College has, in c o n j u n c t i o n with representatives of the chemical industry, which is designed to prepare the graduate for direct entry into the field of chemistry as a chemical technologist. This particular program has been structured so as to provide the student with a thorough knowledge of and training in chemical laboratory technology as well as to provide him/her with sufficient academic courses that are transferable to the university. These courses permit the graduate to gain a good theoretical background plus sound practical skills. It should be noted that successful completion of the first year of the Academic Science Program, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for entry to the Chemical Technology Program. The chemical technologist is a person concerned with the processes, equipment, and techniques of modern industry in the fields of research, development, and production. The curriculum has been designed so as to present the necessary chemical mathematical and communication skills to enable the student to A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS 68 6 44 74 44 3 3 4.5 3 3 3 FIRSTTERM B i o l o g y 220 M i c r o b i o l o g y C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 150 Analytical Chemistry 1 C h e m i s t r y 200 Organic Chemistry 42 C h e m i s t r y 204 204 P h y s i c a l Inorganic Chemistry M a t h e m a t i c s 101 101 Statistics 3 3 16.5 12 SECONDTERM B i o l o g y 221 M i c r o b i o l o g y C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 250 A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y II C h e m i s t r y 201 Organic Chemistry C h e m i s t r y 205 P h y s i c a l Inorganic Chemistry M a t h e m a t i c s 102 Statistics 3 3 4.5 3 3 3 3 3 16.5 12 1.5 3 THIRD T E R M C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 160 Analytical Organic Chemistry 1 C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 270 Inorganic C h e m i s t r y C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 280 Biochemistry 1 4.5 C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 290 Industrial C h e m i s t r y I C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 292 Materials • C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 Communications M a t h e m a t i c s l n t r o d u c t i o n to C o m p u t e r 220 Programming Early Childhood Education Programs 3 3 Early Childhood Education is a two-year program preparing the graduate to work in nursery schools, day-care centres, hospitals and other facilities which serve children with special needs. Although the focus of the program centers primarily on children from 3-5 years, it is not confined to that group. E x p a n d e d c o m m u n i t y needs r e q u i r e the training of personnel to work with both older and younger children in the day-care field. 3 1.5 3 3 3 19.5 9 2.5 3 1.5 3 4.5 3 FOURTH TERM C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 251 A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y III C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 260 Analytical Organic C h e m i s t r y II C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 281 B i o c h e m i s t r y II C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 291 I n d u s t r i a l C h e m i s t r y II C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 293 Circuits C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y 294 Project • C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 151 Communications M a t h e m a t i c s E l e m e n t s of C o m p u t e r 221 Science The core material of the program concentrates on the study of human development and the foundations and philosophy of Early Childhood Education. A n interrelated series of courses permits detailed study of program organization, curriculum content and guidance methods. Other areas of study include health, nutrition, first aid, family life, the exceptional child, parent-teacher relationships and the administration of pre-school centres. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating in the College Day Care Centre and other pre-schools under the supervision of College Instructors. Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, projects and general discussion. Considerable responsibility is given students, enabling them to develop into creative, independent, knowledgeable persons. 3 3 2 1 3 3 21.5 11 • S t u d e n t s w h o m e e t the p r e - r e q u i s i t e for E n g l i s h 100 may c h o o s e to s u b s t i t u t e t h i s c o u r s e or a n o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e a n d its c o m p a n i o n f o r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150/151. N o t e : T h e C h e m i c a l T e c h n o l o g y P r o g r a m will be o f f e r e d in t h e 1976/77 c a l e n d a r y e a r s u b j e c t to final a p p r o v a l of t h e D e p a r t m e n t of E d u c a t i o n , V i c t o r i a . Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-ray certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program 43 Co-ordinator, program. prior to acceptance into this E d u c a t i o n 262 S p e c i a l E d u c a t i o n E d u c a t i o n 264 P r e - S c h o o l Administration E d u c a t i o n 268 I n t e r p e r s o n a l R e l a t i o n s h i p s in T e a c h i n g E d u c a t i o n 367 P r a c t i c u m IV Applicants who have previously taken Early Childhood Education courses elsewhere, including Adult Education courses for which recognition has been granted by the Community Care Facilities Licensing Board, may submit a record of these courses for consideration for credit towards the College Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. 10 75 10 FIRSTTERM CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS C m n s 150* Basic Communications... E d u c a t i o n 152 P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t I... E d u c a t i o n 154 H e a l t h a n d N u t r i t i o n I — Education 155** H u m a n G r o w t h a n d Development 1 E d u c a t i o n 364 P r a c t i c u m I 3 3 3 3 6 18 2 2 • • E d u c a t i o n 155, H u m a n G r o w t h & D e v e l o p m e n t I m u s t be t a k e n prior to or c o n c u r r e n t l y with E d u c a t i o n 152. SECONDTERM E d u c a t i o n 151 Literature for Y o u n g Children E d u c a t i o n 153 P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t II.. E d u c a t i o n 156 H u m a n G r o w t h a n d D e v e l o p m e n t II E d u c a t i o n 164 H e a l t h a n d N u t r i t i o n II E d u c a t i o n 365 P r a c t i c u m II 3 3 2 2 3 3 6 18 4 THIRD TERM E d u c a t i o n 157 T h e C h i l d a n d F a m i l y L i f e . E d u c a t i o n 250 P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t III E d u c a t i o n 252 C r e a t i v e A r t s for t h e Young Child E d u c a t i o n 254 F o u n d a t i o n s of Early Childhood Education... E d u c a t i o n 366 P r a c t i c u m III 3 3 2 3 3 6 18 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS 2 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Practicum FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 175 C m n s 155 Business Awareness C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in Early Childhood Education... 2 • -;*; ;-r»v.r>U03 This program is a two-year course of studies preparing students to work as support staff in facilities which serve persons with special needs, including infant intervention programs, pre-school settings, recreational, residential and rehabilitation programs. The core material of the program is the study of human growth and development based on " n o r m a t i v e s t a n d a r d s " . B u i l d i n g on this foundation, the student is introduced to an overview of developmental handicaps of a sensory, mental, psychological and emotional nature. A n interrelated series of courses permit detailed study of program planning, guidance methods and interpersonal relationship. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating under supervision in a variety of programs including day care centres and other pre-school settings as well as in facilities for the handicapped. Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through practical demonstrations, reports, projects and d i s c u s s i o n s . C o n s i d e r a b l e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y is given to students enabling them to develop into creative, independent knowledgeable persons. Because this program is closely allied with the College's current Early Childhood Education Program, students completing the program for the Developmentally Handicapped will also be qualified to work in day care centres and other pre-schools. Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-Ray Certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator, prior to acceptance into this program. LAB HOURS 45 6 0 24 3 6 Program for the Developmentally Handicapped A p p l i c a n t s in either of the above two categories should consult with the Program Co-ordinator for course approval. Major Program requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Practicum 2 3 21 - Individual courses may be taken by students working toward accreditation by the Community Care Facilities Board, but not wishing to pursue the full diploma. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS 3 3 3 44 LAB HOURS 45 6 24 10 75 10 FIRSTTERM 3RD Y E A R SPECIALIZATION OPTION Expanded community needs require personnel with specialized knowledge and skills to work in a teaching and supervisory capacity in a variety of settings to serve persons with special needs. This is a two-semester program for persons with previous training and relevant work experience who wish to further qualify themselves in the area of the developmentally handicapped. To be eligible for this specialized program a student will have completed the college program for the D e v e l o p m e n t a l l y Handicapped, hold recognized qualifications in Early Childhood Educaiton, or have related work experience of not less than two years in a facility for the handicapped. Areas of specialization for the third year option will include: (a) Infant Intervention and Pre-school Programs (b) Residential Programs (c) Vocational and Rehabilitation P r o Programs Applicants will be required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-Ray certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator prior to acceptance Into the program. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS C m n s 150 Communications E d u c a t i o n 152 P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t I... E d u c a t i o n 154 H e a l t h a n d N u t r i t i o n I Education 1 5 5 * " H u m a n G r o w t h & Development 1 E d u c a t i o n 364 P r a c t i c u m I 3 3 3 3 6 18 • • E d u c a t i o n 155 s h o u l d be t a k e n prior t o or w i t h E d u c a t i o n 152. 2 2 concurrently SECOND TERM E d u c a t i o n 151 E d u c a t i o n 153 E d u c a t i o n 156 E d u c a t i o n 164 E d u c a t i o n 365 E d u c a t i o n 165 L i t e r a t u r e for Y o u n g Children P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t II.. Human Growth and D e v e l o p m e n t II Health and Nutrition II.... P r a c t i c u m II Field Survey 3 3 2 2 3 3 6 3_ 21 4 THIRD T E R M E d u c a t i o n 157 T h e C h i l d a n d F a m i l y Life Education 250 Program Developm e n t III E d u c a t i o n 252 C r e a t i v e A r t s f o r t h e Young Child E d u c a t i o n 366 P r a c t i c u m III Education 270 Volunteer Placement 3 3 2 3 6 3_ 18 2 FOURTHTERM C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in E a r l y Childhood E d u c a t i o n 262 S p e c i a l E d u c a t i o n E d u c a t i o n 268 I n t e r p e r s o n a l R e l a t i o n s h i p s in T e a c h i n g E d u c a t i o n 271 I n d i v i d u a l P r o j e c t E d u c a t i o n 367 P r a c t i c u m IV NOTE: The curriculum for this option is currently under development with an Advisory Committee. It is anticipated that the option will be ready in time for the 1976 Fall term. C m n s 155 3 3 2 3 3 6 18 2 45 Media Resources Program OPTION C O U R S E S Each term the department will offer several courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and will count towards a Capilano College Diploma. In general, these courses are numbered Technology 050 to Technology 074. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given term. The Media Resources Program trains students for the growing opportunities in using intermediate-level media technologies in all forms of education and training. The program is oriented toward educational institutions at all levels, social agencies, community media and journalism, as well as industry. Work opportunities in this field include p r o d u c t i o n , distribution, training for media skills and social animation roles. The core of the program involves production training in basic and advanced photography, graphics, audio, film, multi-media and television. All students are trained in the basic technical and aesthetic skills in these media and complete finished productions in them. In addition the program includes courses in learning theory, resource centres and libraries, basic electronic systems, communications and the politics of media. Assignments and courses focus on the types of needs now being expressed in the media field. Field practicums occupy much of the student's time in the fourth term. The program consists of four terms of study and begins each year in the Fall Term. LAB FEES: T h e M e d i a Resources P r o g r a m courses generally have a lab fee component which must be paid by the student taking these courses. Lab fees are collected at the time of registration and go towards payment for supplies and depreciation costs of equipment. Students who registered for a full program will pay the fees listed below: Term 1: $60.00 Term 2: $60.00 Term 3: $60.00 Term 4: $40.00 Students who register for any of the following individual courses will pay the following fees: 46 Media 050: $ 5.00 Media 051: $ 5.00 Media 052: $ 5.00 Media 053: $10.00 Media 072: $25.00 Media 073: $25.00 Media 074: $30.00 Media 081: $15.00 Media 151: $15.00 Media 152: $15.00 Media 153: $20.00 Media 170: $25.00 Media 183: $25.00 Media 185: $25.00 Media 187: $15.00 Media 189: $30.00 Media 260: $15.00 Media 271: $30.00 M e d i a 301 M e d i a 302 M e d i a 303 Special Instructional Aids Instructional M e d i a Productions T h e M e d i a S p e c i a l i s t in Education and training... C h o i c e Of: Media263 T e c h n i c a l A p p l i c a t i o n s IV OR Elective 15 21 Note: Lab Fees for other courses to be arranged by the Department. Music Programs A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements Electives STUDIO LAB HOURS 81 6_ 33 87 33 CREDIT HOURS STUDIO LAB HOURS FIRSTTERM C m n s 156 M e d i a 152 M e d i a 154 M e d i a 161 M e d i a 183 Media Resources Communications G r a p h i c s for t h e M e d i a Specialist Media Applications 1 Technical Applications I .. T h e o r y a n d A p p l i c a t i o n s of Photographic Production 3 3 6 3 6 21 SECONDTERM M e d i a 151 M e d i a 153 M e d i a 155 M e d i a 163 M e d i a 171 M e d i a 185 M e d i a 187 M e d i a 189 G r a p h i c s for M u l t i - M e d i a Productions Film Animation M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s II T e c h n i c a l A p p l i c a t i o n s II... Small Format Television Advanced Photography Audio Production R e s e a r c h M e t h o d s for t h e Media Specialist OR Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 Capilano College offers two music programs: The Commercial Music Program and the Music Transfer Program. 3_ 1. C O M M E R C I A L MUSIC P R O G R A M 27 This program offers the aspiring jazz musician an in-depth grounding in his field. The working musician will also gain deeper understanding and practice of his craft as a parttime student. Six theory courses offer a thorough insight into the tonal period and 20th century techniques. Orchestration and arranging courses will enable the student to use his/ her theoretical knowledge in more practical ways. Improvisation and Private Music Instruction courses develop the soloistic performance of the student. Ensemble courses will permit the student to experience work in a large stage band or in smaller jazz ensembles. THIRD TERM M e d i a 253 M e d i a 254 Media260 M e d i a 261 M e d i a 271 M e d i a 287 Filmmaking M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s III Audiovisual Graphics T e c h n i c a l A p p l i c a t i o n s III.. Educational Television Systems A u d i o for F i l m a n d Television 6 3 3 3 6 3_ 24 FOURTH TERM M e d i a 256 Learning R e s o u r c e s Centres. 47 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS FIRSTTERM 63 3 66 32 English 32 CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS M u s i c 120 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 164 Major Program Requirements General Program Requirements FIRSTTERM C m n s 150 Communications M u s i c 1O0 T h e o r y IV M u s i c 150 Ensemble M u s i c 158 Orchestration M u s i c 164 Private M u s i c Instruction M u s i c 176 Improvisation M u s i c 180 C l a s s P i a n o 3 3 3 3 M u s i c 178 M u s i c 180 M u s i c 256 Elective 2 1 M u s i c 181 M u s i c 171 M u s i c 178 M u s i c 192 Theory V Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Improvisation Repertoire H i s t o r y of J a z z 2 5 3 3 2 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3_ 16.5 English M u s i c 121 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 165 M u s i c 179 M u s i c 181 M u s i c 257 Elective T h e o r y VI Ensemble Repertoire Private M u s i c I n s t r u c t i o n . . Arranging Improvisation Class Piano 3 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 16.5 T h e o r y VII Ensemble Repertoire Private M u s i c I n s t r u c t i o n . . A r r a n g i n g II Improvisation Class Piano 3 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 16.5 E n g l i s h 200 M u s i c 100 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 162 M u s i c 190 M u s i c 254 M u s i c 264 6 2 1 M u s i c 280 Elective 2 .5 2 7.5 E n g l i s h 201 M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 163 M u s i c 191 M u s i c 255 M u s i c 265 2 1 2 .5 2 7.5 M u s i c 281 Elective 5 Any transferable English course H i s t o r y II Ensemble Private M u s i c I n s t r u c t i o n . . Repertoire Class Piano T h e o r y III 3 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 3_ 21 1 2 2 5 22 90 22 3 3 3 3 3 3 — 1.5 1.5 3_ 24 2 1 1 2 6 L i t e r a t u r e s i n c e 1660 Theory V Ensemble ClassStrings H i s t o r y IV Repertoire Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1.5 1.5 2 24 6 All applicants for either the Career or Music Transfer Programs must do the following: 1. Comply with general admission requirements of Capilano College. 2 . Participate in a private interview with the Co-ordinator of Music. Applicants for the Commercial Music Program must also: 1. Write a theory placement examination. 2 . Play an audition on their major instrument. LAB HOURS 66 24 L i t e r a t u r e to 1660 T h e o r y IV Ensemble.. ClassStrings H i s t o r y III Repertoire Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Both the commercial and music transfer programs offer students enrolled in other College programs a continuing education in music and elective credit. Numerous music courses are available for part-time students. This program is designed for students who desire to go on to a degree program at a Canadian University. All courses in this program carry transfer to the Music Department of the University of B.C. Transferability has also been arranged with the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. The program consists of a libera! arts education and specialized music training, including theory, history, and applied music. Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 2 2 FOURTH TERM 2. MUSIC T R A N S F E R P R O G R A M A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS 1.5 3 15 3 3__ 21 1 THIRD T E R M FOURTH TERM M u s i c 201 M u s i c 253 M u s i c 255 M u s i c 265 M u s i c 271 M u s i c 277 M u s i c 280 3 3 3 2 THIRD T E R M M u s i c 200 M u s i c 252 M u s i c 254 M u s i c 264 M u s i c 270 M u s i c 276 M u s i c 280 Any transferable English course History I Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Repertoire Class Piano T h e o r y II SECOND TERM 1.5 1.5 1.5 16.5 SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 165 LAB HOURS 48 PROPOSED MUSIC THERAPY P R O G R A M Outdoor Recreation Programs The Music Department of Capilano College along with selected members of an advisory committee are currently studying the feasibility of and making plans to offer a music program designed to prepare graduates for employment as therapists in institutions dealing with the emotionally disturbed, the handicapped, the blind, the geriatric patient, as part of a treatment team. Should such a program be recommended for implementation by members of the Advisory Committee the program would commence in the Fall Term of 1976. Interested applicants should contact the Co-ordinator, Music Program for further details related to this proposed program. Outdoor Recreation is playing an increasingly important role in the social and economic life of British Columbia. An increase in available leisure time and public interest in the preservation of natural areas have increased the need for qualified, well-trained graduates capable of planning and directing recreation programs, facilities, and teaching outdoor activity skills. OUTDOOR RECREATION M A N A G E M E N T PROGRAM The Capilano College Outdoor Recreation Management Program trains Para-Professionals to work effectively in a variety of outdoor recreation employment situations. Resource and facility management job opportunities exist in Provincial, National, Municipal Park and Recreation agencies and in ski areas. Leadership, instructional, and programming job opportunities exist in a variety of Community, Private and governmental agencies. The Program will provide the graduate with skills required to plan and operate good outdoor recreation programs and to manage facilities and recreational land and water resources. Skills in summer, winter, and aquatic wilderness leadership will be developed in the skills development courses. Emphasis is placed on experience in the field situation. The program commences with a ten day backpacking expedition which serves as a lab for classroom work. Each student's particular program concentration will be decided in consultation with the program co-ordinator. Flexibility in the second year of the program enables students to specialize in their areas of interest. Students will be required to take first aid as part of their skills development program and will be required to pay an additional levy to cover partial costs of equipment, field trips, and skills development courses. In the fieldwork courses, student attitude and leadership capacity will be taken into account in the instructor's evaluation profile. Specialized interest areas in the program include parks and recreation area management, ski area management, leadership and programming, and environmental education. Students acquire working skills in specialized areas during their practicum placements. Applicants for the Outdoor Recreation Management Program should familiarize themselves with the following admission requirements: 1. Arrange an interview with the Co-ordinator of the program. (Interviews are held throughout the year.) 2. In order to be considered for the program, NOTE: All full-time Music students are expected to pay a lab fee of $40.00 per semester. Lab fees for part-time students shall be $8.00 per 3 credit hour practical course and/or $4.00 per 1.5 credit hour practical course. All interviews, auditions, and placement tests will be held in May and August of 1976. Interested persons are asked to phone the Capilano College Music Department (986-1911 local 288 or 289) for further details. 49 R e c r e a t i o n 161 W i l d e r n e s s B a c k packing 1 R e c r e a t i o n 166 E n v i r o n m e n t a l E d u c a t i o n . applicants must be at least nineteen years of age at the date of entry into the program. 3. After the interview, the Co-ordinator of the Outdoor Recreation Management Program will request the following documentation: SECOND TERM C m n s 154 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in Recreation R e c r e a t i o n 151 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Environments R e c r e a t i o n 153 W o r k , L e i s u r e a n d Society R e c r e a t i o n 157 S k i l l s D e v e l o p m e n t R e c r e a t i o n 159 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Administration R e c r e a t i o n 160 P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s in T h e o r y and Practice R e c r e a t i o n 164 N o r d i c S k i i n g (optional) . . a) A t least t w o letters of reference, b) High school or Post-Secondary education transcripts where applicable, c) A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences, d) A doctor's certificate of health, including a chest x-ray. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements HOURS FIRSTTERM C m n s 150 Basic Communications... R e c r e a t i o n 150 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Areas R e c r e a t i o n 152 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Recreation R e c r e a t i o n 154 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Facilities 57.5 12 69.5 LAB HOURS 4 3 3 2 3 1.5 3 3 3 3_ 5 THIRD T E R M 20 Cmns 160 I n t e r p e r s o n a l R e l a t i o n s . . . R e c r e a t i o n 172 B a s i c S t a t i s t i c s R e c r e a t i o n 250 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Ecology R e c r e a t i o n 254 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Program Planning R e c r e a t i o n 256 S k i l l s D e v e l o p m e n t R e c r e a t i o n 257 I n t r o d u c t i o n to L a n d scape Design and Techniques R e c r e a t i o n 259 S k i l l s D e v e l o p m e n t LAB 3 3 2 18 19.5 20 CREDIT HOURS 3 3 2 3 3 50 3 3 3 2 3 1.5 3 2 1.5 17 3 3 11 FOURTH TERM H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management R e c r e a t i o n 173 S t a t i s t i c a l M e t h o d s R e c r e a t i o n 251 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Environmental Management R e c r e a t i o n 255 O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Practicum WILDERNESS CANOEING OPTION CREDIT HOURS C m n s 161 3 3 FIRSTTERM 3 R e c r e a t i o n 161 R e c r e a t i o n 162 R e c r e a t i o n 163 6 15 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING OPTION CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS 18 18 W I L D N E R N E S S NORDIC SKIING OPTION CREDIT HOURS FIRSTTERM R e c r e a t i o n 161 W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g I R e c r e a t i o n 163 W i l d n e r n e s s F i r s t A i d I.. R e c r e a t i o n 164 W i l d e r n e s s N o r d i c S k i i n g I 3 3 3 SECONDTERM R e c r e a t i o n 263 W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II R e c r e a t i o n 264 W i l d e r n e s s N o r d i c S k i i n g II 3 3 THIRD T E R M R e c r e a t i o n 360 L o g B o o k E x p e r i e n c e 3 WILDERNESS C A N O I N G OPTION C A P I L A N O C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements 3 3 3 W i l d e r n e s s C a n o e i n g II W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II 3 3 Log Book Experience 3 SECONDTERM 3 Program has been developed in co-operation with the Department of Recreation and Conservation, of British Columbia. The courses are activity oriented, based on the theory that wilderness leadership can best be promoted by experience over time. Each of the three program areas (Nordic, Canoeing, and Backpacking) are covered over a three term period. Students gain experience during two terms of instruction, followed by a third term course of Log Book experience (Practicum). Field trips are scheduled on weekends. Students will enroll in one course per term, and must successfully complete each course in order to continue in the program. The period of Log Book Experience is undertaken in the Spring or Summer of the third term. The log book must be satisfactorily completed in order to achieve college certification. An additional fee is charged for each course to cover Field trip and Equipment costs. Major Program Requirements Wilderness Backpacking 1 Wilderness Canoeing I Wilderness First Aid I 18 18 R e c r e a t i o n 262 R e c r e a t i o n 263 THIRD T E R M R e c r e a t i o n 360 WILDERNESS BACKPACKING OPTION CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements 15 15 WILDERNESS B A C K P A C K I N G OPTION R e c r e a t i o n 161 R e c r e a t i o n 163 Wilderness Backpacking 1 Wilderness First Aid I 3 3 Wilderness Backpacking I I — W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II 3 3 Log Book Experience 3 SECOND TERM R e c r e a t i o n 261 R e c r e a t i o n 263 THIRD TERM R e c r e a t i o n 360 Retail Fashions Program The Retail Fashions program prepares students for direct employment in the field of fashion. The program relates directly to the existing fashion merchandising situation by presenting detailed background courses, pertinent merchandising techniques, and practical on-the-job training. A l t h o u g h further on-the-job t r a i n i n g is assumed once the student is in the field, the course provides in-depth experiences in all major areas of the fashion scene. Many different courses are recommended within the framework of the program to tailor the learning situation to the students' interests and needs. Students who have had equivalent postsecondary courses may make arrangements with an advisor to substitute electives in lieu of prescribed courses. E l e c t i v e s in A r t and Business programs are recommended. There will be a $7.00 lab fee charged for Fashion 155,172,176,177,256, and 265. The optional fourth hour mentioned in the following outline of courses indicates a student/instructor contact, other than an office hour, when a student may have course enrichment. This may take the form of assignment assistance, tutorials, field trips, special speakers or practical work. Basically, it is time programmed right into the Retail Fashions time-table. Graduates of this program will have skills and knowledge necessary to enter a career in manufacturing, merchandising, or the promotion of fashion. SECOND TERM Art 178 C m n s 151 F a s h i o n 150 F a s h i o n 173 F a s h i o n 177 F a s h i o n 252 F a s h i o n 256 Design 1 Business C o m m u n i c a t i o n s — F a s h i o n a n d the C o n s u m e r — H i s t o r y of F u r n i t u r e Clothing Design and Cons t r u c t i o n II F a s h i o n W o r k E x p e r i e n c e II . . . Fashion Modelling 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 TT THIRD T E R M B u s i n e s s 150 B u s . M g m t . 157 B u s . M g m t . 271 C m n s 161 F a s h i o n 257 F a s h i o n 259 F a s h i o n 260 E s s e n t i a l s of B o o k k e e p i n g I... E l e m e n t s of A d v e r t i s i n g Strategy Retailing H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management Merchandise Display Fashion Merchandising F a s h i o n W o r k E x p e r i e n c e III... 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 155 B u s i n e s s 157 F a s h i o n 151 F a s h i o n 251 F a s h i o n 258 F a s h i o n 261 F a s h i o n 264 E s s e n t i a l s of B o o k k e e p i n g II . . E l e m e n t s of M e r c h a n d i s i n g . . . Textile and Apparel Marketing. Fashion Promotion Non-textiles and Accessories Fashion Work Experience IV... I n t r o d u c t i o n to Interior Design 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 NOTE: ' S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150/151 m a y d o s o . For mature students with relevant fashion work experience a n elective may be substituted for F a s h i o n W o r k E x p e r i e n c e u p o n c o n s u l t a t i o n a n d a p p r o v a l of P r o g r a m Co-ordinator. O p e n c o u r s e s a r e a v a i l a b l e to o t h e r t h a n f u l l t i m e R e t a i l Fashion students with the Co-ordinator's approval. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 78 6_ 84 CREDIT HOURS FIRSTTERM C m n s 150 F a s h i o n 152 F a s h i o n 154 F a s h i o n 155 F a s h i o n 170 F a s h i o n 172 F a s h i o n 176 Basic Communications F a s h i o n W o r k E x p e r i e n c e I— P e r s o n a l D e v e l o p m e n t for the Fashion Employee Basic Clothing Construction Methods H i s t o r y of W e s t e r n F a s h i o n . . . F a b r i c s for the F a s h i o n Industry Clothing Design and Construction I 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 52 determine other sources of financial assistance. At the time of this Calendar compilation, income allowances paid to eligible adults under the terms specified by the Department of Manpower and Immigration are outlined below. Applicants are advised to consult their local Canada Manpower Centre for further information. $44.00 per week Basic Allowance $68.00 per week Regular Allowance $82.00 per week One Dependent $90.00 per week Two Dependents Three Dependents $100.00 per week Four or More Dependents $109.00 per week VI Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e is offering V o c a t i o n a l Programs and Upgrading Courses under an agreement with the Department of Education, Province of British Columbia. The purpose of Vocational Education is to provide courses in business, the skilled trades, service occupations and c o m m e r c i a l art to adults r e q u i r i n g specialized training as well as providing a service to employers throughout the Province. Under certain applicable conditions financial assistance may be obtained from a variety of agencies such as W o r k e r ' s Compensation, Social Welfare, Indian Affairs, and others. Enquiries should be addressed to the agencies concerned. Under certain conditions U n e m p l o y m e n t Insurance benefits may be paid to students not eligible to receive Canada Manpower training allowances. Consult Manpower Centres for full information. M a n p o w e r sponsored students who are enrolled in programs spanning the Christmas — New Y e a r period may lose their wagereplacement allowance for up to four days due to closure of the institution. G E N E R A L ADMISSION R E Q U I R E M E N T S Applicants should be: (a) 16 years of age or over; (b) possess an interest in, and aptitude for, that particular occupation. Adults who have been out of the public school system for more than a year are encouraged to apply for training even if they are unable to meet the educational requirements outlined for a particular program or course, as other factors such as work experience and maturity will be taken into consideration. A l l students who s u c c e s s f u l l y complete vocational courses and who desire to apply credit for these courses towards a College C e r t i f i c a t e or D i p l o m a should contact a counsellor in Student Services. PROGRAMS OFFERED Although several additional vocational programs and u p g r a d i n g courses are being considered by the College, in consultation with the Department of Education, the following programs will be offered in the 1976-77 terms. Please consult the Student Services Centre of the College for further information about new courses and programs offered by the College. COUNSELLING SERVICES Assistance and guidance is provided to those people interested in the types of programs available. Gary Siegrist, the Career Program Counsellor, is available to students who may have concerns about personal difficulties or questions relating to academic and career choices. BASIC TRAINING FOR SKILL D E V E L O P M E N T (B.T.S.D.) — Five Months The purpose of this program is to upgrade individuals academically in mathematics, science and English in as short a period of time as possible to enable them to qualify for employment or for enrolment in s p e c i f i c vocational training programs. Course material is related to practical trade situations and encompasses field trips, special assignments, and where possible individualized modes of instruction. The various program levels are designed in the following manner: FEES Fees for all pre-employment training courses are $15.00 per month. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PRE-EMPLOYMENT AND FULL-TIME UPGRADING PROGRAMS Prospective students who have been out of the regular school systems one year or more should seek counsel at the nearest Canada Manpower Centre, as under certain conditions training costs and income replacement may be provided to sponsored students. Persons not eligible for sponsorship by Canada Manpower should see the Career Program Counsellor to (a) V . B . S . D . — 020; BTSD Level 2 Program Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 8 equivalency. (b) V . B . S . D . — 030: BTSD Level 3 Program 53 2. There are a number of new courses for which transfer status is being negotiated at the time of p r i n t i n g the C a l e n d a r , but for w h i c h transferability has not yet been granted. Such courses are designated: "University transfer credit being applied for." Students should check the transfer status of such courses at Registration, before enrolling. Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 10 equivalency. (c) V . B . S . D . — 040: BTSD Level 4 Program Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 12 equivalency. There is no m i n i m u m educational prerequisite. However, applicants should have sufficient background gained either through past education or work experience to undertake the program. Students are admitted to the course on a continuous intake basis every four weeks throughout the year. 3. Students may register only for those subjects in which they have passed the pre-requisite courses or their equivalent. In unusual cases a pre-requisite may be waived in writing by the Co-ordinator of the subject field. Pre-requisite Waiver Forms for this purpose are available in the student services centre. 4. If no pre-requisites are listed in the Calendar, the course has no pre-requisite for admission. VII College Courses C L A S S DESCRIPTIONS CODE On the right hand side of each class description, there is a series of code letters and number, for example: Mathematics X Y Z Calculus (F)(3,0,0) Chemistry M N P Biochemistry (F,S)(3,3,0) C O U R S E N U M B E R I N G S Y S T E M # 001-099 — Make-up courses, including community service courses and courses (or a series of courses) in preparation for specific certification outside the College. These are not transferable to university. # 100-149 — Courses normally taken in the first college year of a program for university transfer. #150-197 — Courses normally taken in the first college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the course description. #200-249 — Courses normally taken in the second c o l l e g e year of a program for university transfer. #250-297 — Courses normally taken in the second college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the course description. #198, 199, 298, and 299 — Reserved for special projects usually c a r r i e d out by individual students or groups of students after consultation and with written permission of the subject Co-ordinator. #300-309 — Workshops, laboratory courses field work, etc. when taken apart from a specific theoretical course. Psychology A B C Abnormal (F,S,SU)(3,0,1) Interpretation: The first letter(s) indicate the Term in which the class will be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer. Thus, Mathematics X Y Z is to be offered in the Fall term; Chemistry M N P , is to be offered in the Fall and Spring term; Psychology A B C , is to be offered in Fall, Spring and Summer term. The first number indicates the number of credit hours granted for the course and the number of hours taught per week, the second number denotes the number of lab hours per week, and the third number denotes the number of seminar/tutorial/4th instructional hours per week. Thus, Psychology A B C , is offered three times a week for three hours with no lab time and with one hour per week of seminar/tutorial. Chemistry M N P , is offered for three hours per week with three hours of lab per week with no seminar/tutorials. NOTE: Students planning to take academic courses should carefully note the following: 1. There are a few courses which, though academic in nature, are not intended to be transferable to the universities. Credits earned for such courses count toward an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. These are designated: " T h i s course is not transferable to university." 54 ANTHROPOLOGY College Course Offerings All potential science students should discuss their course selection with a science faculty member. These students are also encouraged to discuss more general topics such as career selection and employment potential with science faculty members or with a Counsellor. Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be attending the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser or University of Victoria. Anthropology 200 and 202 receive unassigned credit in Anthropology at the above universities. Anthropology 249 receives Anthropology credit at University of Victoria, Simon Fraser and credit is being applied for at the University of British Columbia. FOCUS C A N A D A A N T H R O P O L O G Y 120 — INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) STUDENTS M U S T PASS T H E I R L A B S TO PASS T H E C O U R S E . The Social Sciences will offer the following two programs to students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian Content courses. A l l courses hold full transfer credit within the appropriate discipline, and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at S . F . U . No pre-requisites are required. A survey of the discipline to include study of our human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society, the individual and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures. PROGRAM I B.C. STUDIES FALL SPRING A N T H R O P O L O G Y 121 - INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) History 102 History 203 Geography 106 History 204 AnthroSociology 201 pology/ Political GeograScience 202 phy 249 Anthropology 121 (Field Geography 106 Study) P R O G R A M II C A N A D A STUDIES SUMMER Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A n examination of anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of kinship, economic, religious and other systems of societies. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 200 — INTERMEDIATE SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F) (3,0,1) Anthropology 200 Economics 107 Geography 220 Anthropology 121 History 103 Geography 220 Political Science 200 Sociology 200 Course descriptions for the above are all listed in their respective disciplines within this calendar. Students may wish to choose electives in related subjects in Humanities and Natural S c i e n c e s . For further information contact faculty in the Social Science division. Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, and theoretical issues in anthropology. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 202 — INTRODUCTION TO C U L T U R A L E C O L O G Y (S) (3,0,1) A study of the interaction of people and their environment, ecosystems, and cultural behaviour. Themes will be selected from humans in nature; war and population control; the archaeological record; the ecology of early food production; problems of survival. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 249 - C O M P A R A T I V E C U L T U R E S : A FIELD STUDY IN A N T H R O P O L O G Y / G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3 or 6) Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. 55 A n interdisciplinary field study course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. C o m p a r a t i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of fieldwork. Students and instructors study in the field; each year will alternate between British Columbia/Canada and a foreign country. (1976 Northern British Columbia and the Yukon; 1977 — East Africa). A R T 100 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E V I S U A L A R T S I (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the study of painting, sculpture and architecture — the discussion of concepts and problems in style, iconography, criticism and aesthetics. Although historical consideration will be inevitable, this is not a chronological survey of the visual arts. No lab fee. Note: this course combined with Art 101 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . Note: University transfer credit applied for. A R T 101 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E V I S U A L A R T S II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 100 Further study of painting, sculpture and architecture, to acquaint students with and engage them actively and critically in problems of style, iconography and aesthetics. No lab fee. Note: This course combined with Art 100 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . Art PRE-REQUISITES Where pre-requisites are indicated it should be understood that these may be waived in writing by either the Program Co-ordinator or the instructor concerned when it is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the requirements of any given course. A R T 152 — LIFE D R A W I N G (F) F O U R T H INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR (3,0,1) The study of drawing from the human figure; exercises in d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l p e r c e p t i o n , memory, and basic drawing skills. Contour, cross-contour, gesture, mass, volume, and action drawing from direct observation. Study of line and line characteristics in pencil, pen, and charcoal techniques. Emphasis on empathy and instinctive rendering, on developing visual sensitivity, and thought-hand co-ordination. A n additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in each three credit hour course but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of each instructor and as c i r c u m s t a n c e s a l l o w . Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 154 G E N E R A L D R A W I N G I (F) (3,0,1) The study of drawing media and techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, charcoal, pastel and brush. Stylistic and strategic problems encountered in drawing from both direct and observation and the imagination. A n introduction to drawing the nude human figure, with emphasis on proportion and the interpretation of the pose in terms of line, volumes and planes. The development of visual perception and graphic sensitivity. Lab fee: $7.00 HISTORY O F A R T C O U R S E S Students in the Art Program may wish to consider the following courses offered elsewhere in this Calendar under, " F i n e A r t s " . Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts 101, Fine Arts 200 and Fine Arts 201, and Fine Arts 210. These courses provide transferability of credits to U.B.C. and to certain other institutions. ART 059 - POTTERY FOR BEGINNERS I (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introductory course for those with little or no previous experience. Instruction in the basic pottery processes of clay preparation, handbuilding, wheelwork, application of glazes, firing and studio disciplines. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 158 - DESIGN I (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the concepts and principles of design with study of basic visual material and form, pictorial organization and composition, process and psychology of visual communication; characteristics of visual form and exercise in creating meaningful graphic communications using basic shapes. Note: This course carries 1.5 tansfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 ART 060 — POTTERY FOR BEGINNERS II (F, S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 059. The further development of basic pottery skills. A n introduction to the theory and practice of glaze formulation. Lab fee: $7.00 56 A R T 159 (3,0,1) LOCATION D R A W I N G (SU) ART Experiences in drawing directly from observation in a variety of locations will be supported by the study of historical and contemporary examples, stylistic considerations, graphic strategies and the exploitation of a wide variety of media. Students will use the sketchbook as a vehicle for both objective and subjective commentary and as a resource for works to be executed in other media and on a larger scale. The basic aim of this course will be to assist students to develop a competent g r a p h i c sensitivity, in response to the immediate stimulus of people, places and things. Lab fee $7.00 A R T 167 - A R T 168 - A R T 169 - (F) D R A W I N G II (3,3,1) S C U L P T U R E I (F) WEAVING (3,3,1) I (F, S) W E A V I N G II (F,S) (3,3,1) (3,3,1) A R T 170 — G R A P H I C A R T S (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite — Art 175 A basic course in graphic arts processes, including letterpress, gravure, lithographic and silkscreen r e p r o d u c t i o n . Instruction in the technology of colour reproduction by four colour process and by p r e - s e p a r a t i o n , d u p l i c a t e letterpress plate m a k i n g , step-and-repeat printing and bindery procedures. Students will produce line and halftone negatives and offset plates and perform basic negative stripping operations. Field trips to printers and plate makers. Lab fee: $20.00 A R T 163 P O T T E R Y 1 (F) (3,3,1) A n introduction to basic processes of pottery, including slab and coil techniques, firing, wheelwork, and primary glazing techniques. Lab fee: $7.00 GENERAL (S) Introduction to the mechanical loom. The basic weaves and their derivatives, pattern drafting, gauze and leno weaves. A n approach to texture and colour. Garment weaving. Lab fee: $7.00 Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter styles. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive and reproduction lettering. Lab fee: $10.00 A R T 164 (3,0,1) II A n introduction to the materials and primary equipment of weaving, including spinning and dyeing, projects on the branch loom, Salish loom, board and frame weaving. The history of weaving. Weaving a tapestry. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,0,1) LETTERING A N D T Y P E POTTERY Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 More advanced projects using handprinting techniques on fabrics. Further study of the use of handprinted textiles with the addition of padding and stitching. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 162 — (3,0,1) - The study of the fundamentals of sculpture and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l f o r m . E x e r c i s e s in sketching and modeling in clay on the basis of direct observation from the model. The study of three-dimensional form through the investigation of plane, mass and volume elements. A R T 160 — F A B R I C PRINTING I (F) (3,0,1) The study of hand-printing techniques on fabrics: block printing, silk screening, and batik. Study of dyes and fabric printing inks; introduction to fabrics, textures and weaves as related to household or commercial uses. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 161 — F A B R I C PRINTING II (S) 165 Pre-requisite: Art 163 Further study of wheelwork techniques and an introduction to glaze theory and exploration of glaze material. Projects and experimentation with more advanced pottery shapes and designs. Lab fee: $7.00 (S) Pre-requisite: Art 154. Further exploration of drawing media and techniques, with emphasis on a more conceptual and interpretive approach. The sustained investigation of a theme through a variety of strategic and technical approaches. Additional experience in drawing the nude human figure. Synthesis and analysis of the graphic elements perceived in a pose. Interpretive stylization and distortion. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 171 - PAINTING I (F) (3,0,1) Investigation of the characteristics of painting media and their application to problems of imaginative and representational composition. Developing personal modes of expression and a form vocabulary. Basic design considerations as applied to the picture plane and pictorial space: abstract values and their significance for the painter. Lab fee: $7.00 57 A R T 172 - PAINTING II (S) A R T 180 — F A S H I O N ILLUSTRATION I (F) (3,0,1) Drawing the Fashion Figure. A course to develop skill in the illustration of garments, layout and finished artwork which could be utilized in showroom and advertising situations. Lab fee: $10.00 (3,0,1) Traditional and contemporary methods of painting; theory and practice. Basic techniques and their application to figurative and nonfigurative themes: further development of personal modes of expression. Introduction to present trends in painting. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 181 F A S H I O N ILLUSTRATION II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 180 A more advanced study of the Fashion Figure with emphasis on texture and colour as related to the needs of Fashion Illustration. A similar emphasis will be placed on the conceptual layout and finished art techniques for reproduction. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 173 - INTRODUCTION TO A D V E R T I S ING (S) (3,0,1) Historical background. Social, economic and commercial significance. Strategy and tactics. The science and the art. Media, Management. Costs. Legal aspects. Emphasis on the role of the designer and artist. No lab fee. A R T 174 - S C U L P T U R E II (S) (3,3,1) Further study and practice of sculpture, investigating three-dimensional form. Introduction to wood-carving with emphasis on basic design concepts and individual expression. ART 182 - A foundation course for those with little or no e x p e r i e n c e . A n introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and aquatint. Lino, wood, relief and mono prints. Most work will be produced in black and white, with some discussion of the use of coloured inks. Labfee:$7.00 Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 175 — P H O T O G R A P H Y F O R T H E G R A P H I C A R T S (F) (3,0,1) Basic photography with emphasis on optical and chemical principles, to prepare students for Graphic Arts in the Spring Term. The use of the 35 mm camera. Lab fee: $20.00 A R T 176 STUDIO A N D P H O T O G R A P H Y (F,S) (3,0,1) ART 183 — PRINTMAKING II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 182 Concentrated study of black and white and colour printing methods. Study of ink formulation and grinding, single and multiple plates and the collograph. Lab fee: $7.00 LOCATION Pre-requisite: Art 175 Instruction in studio lighting and procedures, photography on location and advanced darkroom techniques for black and white film. Introduction to close-up photography and the effective exposure of colour film. Lab fee: $20.00 A R T 178 — DESIGN II (S) PRINTMAKING I (F) (3,0,1) A R T 184 — L I F E D R A W I N G (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 152 Further study in drawing from the human figure; exercises in perceiving and visualizing the elements of rhythm, plane, mass and volume; interpretative stylization and distortion; synthesis and analysis of graphic elements perceived in a pose, personality or form. Drawing from observation and reflection, with emphasis on imaginative interpretation and investigation of technique. (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 158 Further study of design principles, pictorial organization, characteristics of visual form and media; extensive study of colour, colour theory, and characteristics. Practice of design through individual and group projects involving the use of colour and colour materials; emphasis on research and creative production. Lab fee: $7.00 Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 ART 189 - SILKSCREEN II (S) ART 179 — SILKSCREEN I (F) (3,0,1) A basic course designed for the student with little or no previous experience. Topics covered will include paper and film stencils, glue and tusche, stop-outs, colour registration, screen construction and repair. In addition, students will be introduced to photographic processes. Lab fee: $10.00 (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 179 Further study and development of the medium, including more advanced photographic techniques and multi-colour processes. Field-trips, guest speakers and opportunities for students to expand into areas of special interest will be a feature. Lab fee: $7.00 58 A R T 192 - T Y P O G R A P H Y (S) ART 253 — APPLIED DESIGN II (S) (3,3,1) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 252 Futher study to advance the student's ingenuity in visual communications thinking and skill in graphic representation. Assignments will be planned to assure the student a portfolio of representative sample design solutions. Lab fee: $10.00 Pre-requisite: Art 162 A study of the history, classification and recognition of the principal type faces in use today. Instruction in the basic mechanics and technology of type setting and how to measure, specify and order type. Exercise in the effective application of typographic design to visual communications. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 255 — PAINTING M E D I A II (S) Further study and practice of painting in the medium of the student's individual choice. Sustained development of themes, according to the student's preference. Additional experience in painting the nude. Continuing investigation of contemporary modes of expression, including guest speakers and field-trips. The study of more complex compositional problems, representational, semi-abstract and abstract. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 193 — G R A P H I C C O M M U N I C A T I O N S — ORIGINS & D E V E L O P M E N T (F) (3,0,1) A n exploration of man's early efforts to inform and to influence others through the use of signs, symbols, and pictorial simulations. The course examines a wide variety of early graphic communication techniques and devices including prehistoric cave paintings, pictograms, primitive paper making, movable type and the emergence of printing as both an art and an industry. Particular attention is given to the work of artists whose influence is still felt in visual communication design today and to the development of graphic arts technology in the last 200 years. No lab fee. A R T 2 5 0 - PAINTING M E D I A I (F) A R T 257 - S C U L P T U R E III (F) (3,3,1) A study of classical and modern sculpture; the investigation of modern sculpture forms through the student's work; experimentation and work in several media: metal, plastics, wood, cloth, paper, stone and those producing both soft and hard three-dimensional forms and constructions. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,3,1) The investigation of painting media on the basis of student interest and preference — spontaneous and sustained approaches to a variety of themes derived from nature, objects and the imagination. Introduction to painting the nude model. Advanced study of colour theories and their application to pigments. Further investigation of. present trends in painting, including guest speakers and fieldtrips. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 260 — 19th A N D 20th C E N T U R Y A R T (F) (3,0,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : F i n e A r t s 100 and 101 or Humanities 100 and 101 or Art 100 and 101. A study and discussion of key movements and figures in the art of the 19th and 20th Centuries. A study in depth of the contemporary art schools, trends, and philosophies with emphasis on preparing the student to understand the changes and new directions in visual arts since 1775. A R T 251 - ILLUSTRATION (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Art 164, Art 184 The rendering of scenes and situations according to specific provisions, utilizing a variety of mediums and techniques. Working from actuality and researched reference material. Lab fee: $10.00 ART 252 — APPLIED DESIGN I (F) (3,3,1) Note: This course combined with Art 261 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . No lab fee. A R T 261 - 19th A N D 20th C E N T U R Y A R T (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 260 The growth of two and three-dimensional d e s i g n in, 20th C e n t u r y art movements, including " A r t Nouveau", Bauhaus and the contemporary European and North American art trends; new discoveries in the field of form organization and the visual language in the present day. (3,3,1) The application of design and rendering skills to the development of solutions to graphic design problems. Emphasis will be on concept rather than on "comprehensive" finish. Assignments will demand practical solutions and professional presentation, to be completed by deadlines. Lab fee: $10.00 Note: This course combined with Art 260 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . No lab fee. 59 A R T 262 - A D V A N C E D LIFE D R A W I N G I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 184 Life drawing with emphasis on an interpretative and creative approach; study iri depth of drawing techniques and styles in reference to contemporary trends in fine and applied arts; further exploration of graphic elements derived from observation of the human body, action and character. Further exploration of pottery techniques, glaze materials, with increasing emphasis on craftsmanship and design. Study of the world's ceramics. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: Art 273 A n exploration of more complex forms made by hand and wheel processes; development of original glazes; study of contemporary styles and creative ceramics. Field trips to ceramic studios and art galleries. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 274 — P O T T E R Y IV (S) A R T 263 — A D V A N C E D LIFE D R A W I N G II (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: Art 262 Further study and practice of interpretative and creative life drawing, including stylization and abstraction of human form; design element in figurative drawing; experiments with drawing media. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 265 - S C U L P T U R E IV (S) A R T 275 (F) (3,0,1) III (3,3,1) (F) TECHNIQUES (3,3,1) Investigations of old and new weaving forms. Advanced tapestry, pattern weaves, double weave, weighted warp, rope weaving and knotting. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 268 — W E A V I N G IV (S) RENDERING Pre-requisite: Art 164 The illustration of objects and scenes for retail or editorial use and for newspaper or fine-screen reproduction. Students will explore a variety of mediums, including pen and ink, w a s h , opaque p i g m e n t , f l u o r o g r a p h i c and overlay. Experience in research and development of reference material. Lab fee: $10.00 Advanced problems in sculptural forms. Students will be encouraged to experiment in the media of their choice and to develop their own individual Style. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 267 — W E A V I N G (3,3,1) A R T 278 — G R A P H I C A N D PRINT M E D I A (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 192 Supervised exploration of graphic arts and printing techniques of particular interest to the student, and the application of these to real or simulated reproduction problems. Contact with outside trades and suppliers in the course of completing assignments. Lab fee: $20.00 (3,3,1) Three-dimensional weaving. Basketry and its use in creating sculptural forms. The study of synthetic materials to create wall-hangings. This course includes seminars and field-trips to weavers' studios, art galleries and commercial outlets. Lab fee: $7.00 ART 279 - DISPLAY DESIGN (S) Pre-requisites: Art 164, Art 178. The design of merchandising environments and display areas, including exhibition booths, boutiques and store fronts. Perspective renderings and model construction. Field trips. Lab fee: $10.00 A R T 269 A D V A N C E D ILLUSTRATION (S) (3,3,1) Specific assignments geared to students' talents and inclinations. Story illustration, TV and f i l m g r a p h i c s , annual report c o v e r s , product illustration, experiments in illustration media and techniques. Lab fee: $10.00 A R T 2 8 0 - D E S I G N W O R K S H O P (S) A R T 273 - P O T T E R Y III (F) (3,0,1) (3,0,1) Pre-requisites: Art 252, Art 278 Students w i l l undertake to d e s i g n and produce specific items for the College or other (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 165 60 approved clients, under supervision. Projects will be selected to capitalize on the student's acquired knowledge and skills and will involve his or her personal contact with outside agents and suppliers. The student will be responsible from initial concept to f i n i s h e d product. Preparation of personal portfolios and samples for display Lab fee: $10.00 ART 282 — PRINTMAKING III (F) ART 306 — A D V A N C E D STONE CARVING l(F) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor A study of traditional and contemporary approaches to stone carving, including experience with hand tools, air-powered carving guns and grinders, and electrical tools. The investigation of personal modes of expression as related to the stone carving process. Emphasis on three-dimensional design concepts, the efficient use of tools, materials and equipment. Lab fee: $10.00 (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 183 or instructor's permission. A comprehensive study of Intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced etching student. Other areas that come under consideration will include d i m e n s i o n a l p r i n t s , photographic techniques, the lucite print, uninked embossing etc. Lab fee: $7.00 ART 283 — PRINTMAKING IV (S) ART 295 — RENDERING TECHNIQUES II (s) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 275 Continued study, to develop rendering competence and a personal style. Rendering for "working-art" originating in other courses will be encouraged and supervised. Lab fee: $10.00 (3,0,1) ART 298 — ADVERTISING DESIGN (F) Pre-requisite: Art 282 or instructor's permission. Designed for the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g student, the main concern w i l l be with combination techniques based upon the individual's needs. This course will also help familiarize the student with print exhibitions, c o m p e t i t i o n s , p r i n t m a k i n g s o c i e t i e s , workshops, etc. The students will mount a show of their work as a final project. Lab fee^ $7.00 A R T 284 — F A B R I C (3,3,1) P R I N T I N G III Pre-requisite: Art 192 This course concentrates on design and layout of newspaper and periodical advertising, annual reports, brochures and posters. Packaging technology and surface design will receive particular attention. Lab fee: $10.00 ART 308 KILN BUILDING AND FIRING TECHNIQUES I (F) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor. An in-depth study of ceramic kiln design, materials, equipment and construction. The formulation of clay-bodies, glazes and ceramic objects as they relate to specific types of kilns will be investigated. Special attention will be paid to firing techniques and students will participate in the building of various types of kilns. Lab fee: $10.00 (F) Projects using a c o m b i n a t i o n of fabric printing methods. More advanced methods of screen printing, including photographic techniques. Study of the history of fabric printing. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 285 — F A B R I C (3,3,1) P R I N T I N G IV (S) ART 310 — CERAMIC CASTING AND DECORATING TECHNIQUES I (S) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor The investigation of mould-making and casting techniques, with emphasis on porcelain and white pottery bodies. The functions and applications of ceramic decorating media, including underglaze, overglaze, lustres, etc., brushing spraying and photo-silkscreen decals. Consideration will be given to historical and contemporary examples of both functional and sculptural pieces. Students will be encouraged to pursue areas of individual interest as the course develops and basic skills are mastered. Lab fee: $20.00 More advanced projects using a combination of fabric printing methods with the addition of padding and stitching. Lab fee: $7.00 ART 304 — FOUNDRY PRACTICE I (S) (3,0,1) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor Experience in the designing, construction and operation of a small foundry suitable for casting sculptural pieces in aluminum and/or bronze. Practical exposure to sand-casting, the full-mould process, styrofoam casting and the lost-wax process. Lab fee: $20.00 61 ART 312 - W A L L HANGINGS FOR HOME AND INDUSTRY I (F) (3,0,1) ART 316 — A D V A N C E D EDITIONING — INTAGLIO AND RELIEF I (F) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor Designed for the student with previous experience, this course will concentrate on the planning and execution of wall hangings and fibre constructions suitable for sale and exhibition. In addition to the technical aspects of advanced weaving skills, the course will provide the student with insights into the mechanics of working in co-operation with architects, interior designers, galleries and other clients, including initial consultations, planning, costing, insuring, shipping, etc. Historical considerations will also be discussed, especially with respect to contemporary modes of expression. Lab fee: $20.00 Admission by Instructor Designed to meet the needs of the student/ artist who, although trained in etching techniques, has not matured as an intaglio imagemaker owing to lack of access to suitable equipment, facilities and guidance. The student will develop procedures arising from individual needs, enabling the production of finished editions of prints and an expansion of knowledge with respect to the intagiio process. Extended studio time will be a feature of this course. Lab fee: $20.00 ART 317 - A D V A N C E D EDITIONING - INTAGLIO A N D RELIEF II (S) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor Essentially a continuation of Art 316, this course will concentrate on the needs of the individual who wishes to develop personal editioning procedures and bridge the gap between the student-artis and the exhibitingartist. The practical problems of establishing a relationship with a gallery and putting on a one-man show will be discussed, as will other methods of gaining recognition by appropriate agencies. It is anticipated that practising artists and gallery personnel will appear as guest speakers. Lab fee: $20.00 ART 313 — W A L L HANGINGS FOR HOME AND INDUSTRY II (S) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor A continuation of Art 312. A large, fullscale work will be produced and there will be further discussions concerning the problems of relating works to specific environments and a variety of clients and agencies. The preparation of a professional portfolio. The oneman show. Lab fee: $20.00 ART 314 - A D V A N C E D PAINTING — IDEAS AND C O N T E M P O R A R Y MEDIA I (F) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor. Students enroling in this course should be prepared to consider a variety of alternatives to the traditional attitudes to painting and should be willing to experiment with personal modes of expression which may involve materials, concepts and processes of an innovative nature. Emphasis will be on personal creativity and divergent thinking rather than the acquisition of a formalized body of knowledge. Candidates for this course will be expected to be highly motivated and capable of sustained, serious effort. Lab fee: $20.00 ART 315 - A D V A N C E D PAINTING AND C O N T E M P O R A R Y MEDIA II (S) IDEAS (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor A continuation of Art 314, with added emphasis on the participant's involvement in one or more themes on a sustained basis. Discussions and seminars on the role of the artist in to-day's Society and the problems of gaining recognition through galleries and other agencies. Guest speakers and field trips. Lab fee: $20.00 62 BIOLOGY 200 — G E N E T I C S (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A study of the principles of inheritance, Mendelian and non-Mendelian; the chemical nature of the gene, gene structure and function, gene duplication in bacteria and viruses as well as some study of higher organisms including man. Biology Capilano College Biology Department offers a variety of courses. First year students may take the Biology 104/105 series to meet the science requirements for Arts students. Those planning to major in Biology or some other Life Science (Dentistry, Medicine, Agriculture, Home Economics, etc.) should enrol in Biology 110/111. A complete selection of second year courses are available which meet the requirements of all three B.C. universities. (Consult the Biology Department for specific course requirements for third year transfer.) All Biology courses require weekly laboratory periods of field trips unless otherwise stated. There is a lab fee for these courses. BIOLOGY 104 — BIOLOGY (F,S) BIOLOGY 204 - C U R R E N T C O N C E P T S IN (3,3,1) BIOLOGY 205 - E C O L O G Y II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 204 A continuation of Biology 204, with emphasis on principles and problems of animal ecology, including discussion of selected non-British Columbian ecosystems; study of soils, pollution and its ecological s i g n i f i c a n c e ; population dynamics; the human population explosion; ecological aspects of animal behaviour; modern trends and problems in ecology. BIOLOGY 105 — CURRENT C O N C E P T S IN BIOLOGY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 104 A continuation of Biology 104, including such major topics as the fundamental concepts in ecology; and the problems of man and his environment. BIOLOGY 210 — M O R P H O L O G Y OF V A S C U LAR P L A N T S (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative study of the vascular plant groups, the pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms with emphasis on the evolution, morphology, ecology and function of each of the g r o u p s . D i s c u s s i o n of problems in plant morphology. BIOLOGY 110 — INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY (F,S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: None; however, Biology II is strongly recommended. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in this area. Major topics will include the origin of life; cell structure and function; the types of cell division; introductory genetics; and the process of development. INTRODUCTORY (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 104 & 105 or 110 # 111 The first term of an introductory course in general ecology, stressing biotic-environmental relationships at the ecosystem l e v e l ; the concept of the ecosystem, its components and dynamics; energy flow in ecosystems, nutrient cycling, biogeoclimatic zones with emphasis on British Columbia, vegetation analysis, tropical ecosystems. Emphasis is on principles of plant ecology and on problems in this field. The first term of a course designed as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses in the biological sciences. Some basic principles of biology will be presented and applied to those human biological problems relating to the structure and function of the cell; genetics; and physiology. BIOLOGY 111 (F,S) (3,3,1) E C O L O G Y I (F) BIOLOGY 212 (F) (3,3,1) INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative survey of the invertebrates. Major phyla and classes, with emphasis upon evolutionary t r e n d s , adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. BIOLOGY Pre-requisiste: Biology 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including evolution; a selection from human physiology; the principles of ecology. 63 Business BIOLOGY 213 - V E R T E B R A T E Z O O L O G Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A logical continuation from the invertebrate course, covering the vertebrates and protochordates. Major phyla and orders will be covered, with emphasis again on evolutionary trends, morphology, function and ecology of each group. Evolution will be the main unifying concept. Current problems in the field will also be stressed. BIOLOGY 214 - C E L L BIOLOGY (F) BUSINESS 150 — ESSENTIALS O F B O O K K E E P I N G (F) (3, 1.5, 1) A n introductory course designed to cover basic terminology, techniques and applications of accounting, including the theory and practice of keeping adequate records; use of special journals; controlling accounts and subsidiary ledgers; periodic adjustments, closing procedures and preparation of financial statements. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 Vz lab hours per week. (3,3,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : Biology 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. An integrated study of cell structure and function as determined by electron microscopy; ultrastructure will be related to cell physiology and biochemistry. The interrelations among the various components will be discussed from an evolutionary view point. Laboratory excercises will concentrate on the use of light vs. electron microscopy and through this comparison develop an appreciation for micro units. BIOLOGY 215 - C E L L BIOLOGY (S) BUSINESS (3,1.5,1) 152 - ACCOUNTING (F) Pre-requisite: Bookkeeping 12, " C " grade or better; or by written p e r m i s s i o n of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. A review of the basics of accounting, with emphasis on practical problem-solving. Material will include specialized journals, adjustments, closing procedures, financial statements, payrolls and other matters related to the accounting function. (3,3,1) BUSINESS 153 — A C C O U N T I N G (S) (3, 1.5, 1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the biochemistry of the cell beginning with the fundamentals of thermodynamics. The bioenergetics of a living unit will be related to ultrastructure. Emphasis will be placed on the interaction of exergonic and endergonic reactions. Laboratory exercises will include biochemical techniques in isolating Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of Business 152; a grade " B " or better in Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. Further development of work started in the first term, including balance sheet accounts, emphasizing such problem areas as cash, receivables, depreciation, inventory evaluation; partnerships, budgeting, income tax. organic molecules, as well as studying portions BUSINESS 155 — ESSENTIALS O F B O O K K E E P I N G (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of work begun in Business 150 with emphasis on cash, receivables, payroll and other basic bookkeeping functions. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 Vz lab hours per week. of biochemical pathways. BIOLOGY 220 - PRINCIPLES O F MICROBIOLOGY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111, Chemistry 110 and 111. Transfer to U.B.C. requires Chemistry 200/201 A comprehensive treatment of introductory m i c r o b i o l o g y . T h e o r i g i n , basic structure, function, diversity and significance of microorganisms. Evolution will serve as the main unifying concept. BUSINESS 170 (3,0,1) BUSINESS L A W I (F,S) This course will emphasize the application of legal p r i n c i p l e s to business r e l a t i o n s h i p s through the study of Court decisions (case law) and respective legislation. The areas of study to be particularly covered are the Law of Contract, Law of Commercial Transactions and Sale of Goods Act, Secured Transactions and the Bill of Sales Act of Conditional Sales Act, Creditors Remedies and the Execution Act. BIOLOGY 221 - PRINCIPLES O F MICROBIOLOGY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 220. A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing the growth, genetics and ecology of microorganisms. Micro-organisms in agriculture, forestry, various industries, health and sanitation. 64 BUSINESS 171 — BUSINESS L A W II (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will emphasize the application of legal p r i n c i p l e s to business r e l a t i o n s h i p s through the study of Court decisions (case law), and respective legislation. The areas of study to be p a r t i c u l a r l y covered are the Law of Partnership, Admiralty Law, Company Law and the B.C. Companies Act, Torts and Insurance, and Real Property. BUSINESS 173 (3,0,1) Business Management BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 150 M A T H E M A T I C S (F) (3,0,1) Mathematical topics including: basic number theory; sets, relations, and functions; linear algebra and matrix operations; algorithmic methods, n u m e r i c a n a l y s i s and f i n a n c i a l mathematics. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 151 — S T A TISTICAL A N A L Y S I S A N D A P P L I C A T I O N (S) (6,0,2) The theory and application of statistics as it applies to business including: data presentation and description; probability theory and distributions; tests of hypnothesis; and predictive and analytic techniques. C O N S U M E R L A W (F,S) This course will deal with the protection and remedies available to a consumer with regard to everyday transactions, emphasizing both the common law and existing legislation. The areas that will be particularly dealt with are the Law of Contract, Sale of Goods Act, Consumer Act, and the Small Loans Act. BUSINESS 175 (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 153 — PROBABILITY THEORY - INTERMEDIATE (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 171 or equivalent. A continuation of statistical analysis introduced in Business Management 171. Intermediate level statistical analysis with an emphasis on applied problems encountered in a business environment. BUSINESS A W A R E N E S S A survey type course for the layman in business matters. Subjects covered include rules and rights in the market place, business law for everyday living, personal tax facts, the job market, effective human relations in business. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 157 — E L E M E N T S OF M E R C H A N D I S I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) A survey course of widely varying merchandising techniques and strategies covering many commodities. Where possible extensive use of successful merchandisers as guest lecturers will be made. B U S I N E S S 260 - S A L E S M A N S H I P (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to professional s e l l i n g . Communication including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional s e l l i n g i n c l u d i n g p r o s p e c t i n g , q u a l i f y i n g and contracting prospects. T h e course will also cover, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 158 - M A R K E T ING I (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the marketing environment and marketing institutions; detailed study of the basic marketing f u n c t i o n s , market research, product planning, selection of trade channels, merchandising advertising, sales promotion and salesmanship, with emphasis on the marketing of industrial as well as consumer goods. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 159 ING II (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS 266 - S M A L L BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T (S) (3,0,1) A n examination of the forms and methods of organization and problems of small business in our society, such as failure and success; capital and credit; planning; financial control; marketing problems; legal relationships. MARKET- Pre-requisite: Business Management 158 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of the work begun in Business Management 158. 65 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 161 — CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) of government with business; the role of financial intermediaries and the Capital Market in influencing the behaviour of firms; and the financial function of management. Note: Business Management 172 and Business Management 176 taken together receive 3 semester hours credit in Commerce at S.F.U. A study of various types of credit and their use by retail businesses, commercial enterprises and consumers, including sources of information; credit policy; control; analysis and collection techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 163 PRINCIPLES OF SUPERVISION A N D L E A D E R S H I P (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 180 — INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (F,S) (3,0,1) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e., leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict, and the introduction of change. To provide a general orientation to the computer, what it is, how it functions, understanding the capabilities and limitations of computers. Note: Students taking this course will receive 1 /2 hours transfer credit for Commerce 191 at U.B.C. 1 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 170 — MATHEMATICS O F BUSINESS A N D FINANCE (F) (4.5,0,1.5) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 184 — ACCOUNTING I (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) A review of basic mathematics and a study of fundamentals of analytic geometry, functions and managerial planning; elements of calculus with business applications; discounts, markups, margin, selling price, mark-downs, simple interest, compound interest, discounting negotiable instruments, instalment purchases, depreciation, insurance. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 171 — BUSINESS STATISTICS (S) The principles and techniques of a complete accounting cycle, covering assets, liabilities and owner's equity; basic accounting procedures; changes in owner's equity, closing the books; adjustments for accrued revenue, accrued expense, and revenue and cost apportionments. The construction of working papers and financial statements including merchandise operations. Accounting for proprietorships, partnerships, and limited companies. Procedures and principles applicable to cash, investments, receivables, inventory, fixed assets, and liabilities. APPLIED (4.5,0,1.5) An examination of frequency distributions; averages; index numbers; probability; linear correlation; reliability and sampling. A c c o u n t i n g for m a n u f a c t u r i n g operations and basic cost accounting techniques. The analysis of financial data for management, including sources and uses of working capital, cash flow statements and cash forecasting, departmental and branch operations. Accounting aids for management, budget and profit planning, consolidated statements. Canadian tax structure and Federal Provincial tax arrangements, Income Tax. All students are required to complete a practice set during the second term. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 172 — A D M I N I S TRATIVE PRACTICES A N D ORGANIZATION (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the basic nature of business problems and to the administrative process involved in handling them. Study and discussion of actual business situations selected to illustrate typical problems met in industry requiring managerial analysis, decision and action. Note: Students taking this course will receive 1 /2 hours transfer credit for Commerce 190 at U.B.C. 1 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 176 — MENT IN INDUSTRY (F,S) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 185 — ACCOUNTING ll(F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) MANAGE(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184. A continuation of the work begun in Business Management 184. Note: When both Business Management 184 and 185 are completed, they receive 6 semester hours credit in Commerce at S.F.U., and 1 /2 hours credit for Commerce 151 and 1 V 2 hours unassigned Commerce credit at U.B.C. Pre-requisite: Business Management 172, or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. An orientation into the nature of business in the private enterprise system, with emphasis on the role and interaction of the three levels 1 66 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 252 — A S P E C T S OF TAXATION A N D P E R S O N A L INVESTMENT FUNDAMENTALS (F,S) (3,0,1) An examination of the methods of record keeping and tax reporting. An attempt to acquaint the student with some aspects of tax accounting which will allow him to take advantage of current tax-saving alternatives. The investment fundamentals will provide the student with information necessary to establish a personal or family financial plan using such vehicles as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, insurance, real estate to achieve financial objectives. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 259 - PRINCIPLES OF A D V E R T I S I N G , M E R C H A N D I S I N G A N D S A L E S II (F,S) (3,0,1) The second term applies knowledge of advertising and management techniques to merchandising and salesmanship, and examines the i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p of these three elements. Areas of study include merchandising, promotion principles and techniques, the role and requirements of the sales person, the relationship of promotion to sales and resulting budgeting principles and techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 260 (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 255 — FINANCIA L A N D M A N A G E R I A L A C C O U N T I N G I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184/185 This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in Business Management 154/ 155. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. FINANCE I Business risk and uncertainty. Financial measurements. Annual rate of return. Net present value, internal rate of return. Annual cost. Pay-back Period. Anticipating financial needs of the firm. Case studies covering financial problems will form a major part of this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 261 — F I N A N C E II (F,S) (3,0,1) Acquiring financial resources, cost of capital, internal f i n a n c i n g . A l l o c a t i n g financial resources within the firm. Leverage and liquidity. Administering circulating capital. Financial aspects of mergers and take-overs. Tax considerations. Case studies will form an integral part of this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 256 — F I N A N C I A L A N D M A N A G E R I A L A C C O U N T I N G II (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is a logical sequel to Business Management 255 in that it studies current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. The course encompasses the study of Financial A c c o u n t i n g at a level beyond B u s i n e s s Management 255. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 262 — S Y S T E M S A N A L Y S I S 8i APPLICATIONS I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 180 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 257 - T H E CORP O R A T I O N A N D S O C I E T Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the interaction of business firms with societies of which they are part; an examination of social responsibility, legitimacy, accountability as related to profit making organizations; the firm's responsibility viz consumers, shareholders, labour, the community and government. Co-ordinator. An introduction to business systems and computer based information systems for organizational use. Developing an information system, step by step. Basic principles of systems analysis and design, flowcharting, file design and definition and reporting structure. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 258 — PRINCIPLES O F A D V E R T I S I N G , M E R C H A N D I S I N G A N D S A L E S I (F,S) (3,0,1) B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 263 ADV A N C E D D A T A PROCESSING (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is an extension of Business Management 180. Areas of study include: date entry, data control, operations, systems generation, management of the computer resource, telecommunication systems, data base file organization, decision tables, evaluation of computer facilities, along with a study of various manufacturers' computer systems. Emphasis in the first term is placed on understanding the principles and practices of advertising, from a creative and managerial viewpoint. Examination of advertising's effectiveness as a marketing tool, its place in our society, economically and socially, its planning and creation. Areas of study include print and electronic media, with emphasis on theoretical and practical aspects of layout, art, copy, production, planning, media selection and buying, research and testing. 67 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 264 — COST ACCOUNTING I (F,S) (4.5,0,1-5) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 271 — ING (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184/185 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. Decision-making and planning in organizations using accounting tools. The nature of accounting controls. Common control methods. Measures of management performance. The role of the management cost accountant. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the r e t a i l e r ' s role in the d i s t r i b u t i o n process, the types of retail establishments and their relative strengths and weaknesses, the analysis of a trading area, site location, store layout, the influence of changing life styles on consumer demand patterns, techniques for determining customer demand, policy formulation, store image, the organization and operation bf a retail establishment. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 265 — Q U A N T I TATIVE AIDS TO DECISION M A K I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 272 — S U M E R B E H A V I O U R (F,S) (3,0,1) CON- This course is to 1) acquaint the student with the basic concepts of consumer behaviour, 2) explain the inter-relationship that exists between the important variables 3) develop an understanding of consumer decision processes. More s p e c i f i c a l l y the course w i l l analyze the foundation for consumer behaviour, the individual, the environmental influences on cons u m e r s , business effects, and consumer purchase decisions. P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 150/151 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. Quantitive tools in use in modern management. Inventory models, EOQ, buffer levels and lead times, project planning, PERT, linear regression as a forecasting tool, linear programming as an optimization technique. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 266 — C A N A D I A N FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS A N D M O N E Y M A R K E T S (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 273 — E L E M E N T S OF ADVERTISING S T R A T E G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) Examination of financial intermediaries and their role in the commercial structure of society. Money and capital markets as allocators of credit. A firm's and individual's access to these resources. The purpose of this course is to treat advertising as an accepted part of marketing and to indicate to management and the public the place of advertising in modern society. M o r e s p e c i f i c a l l y the course w i l l cover advertising concepts, advertising strategy, the preparation of the advertisement, media mix, research, the integration of advertising programs and legal aspects. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 268 — ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (F,S) (3,0,1) This course deals with the nature of organizations, how they begin, grow and develop and their effects on individual members, constituent groups, other organizations. Further emphasis is placed on the following topics: Decision making, Organizational change and development, Organizational conflict, Management of objectives, Time management and Working with unions. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 270 M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) RETAIL- BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 274 - COST A C COUNTING II (F,S) (3,0,1) A more indepth study of subjects covered in Business Management 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, Planning and Cost Control Systems, Performance Evaluation Methods, strategic decision making methods. PERSONNEL (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 275 ING R E S E A R C H (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will explore management skills development in the personnel field. Heavy emphasis will be placed on providing the students with practical tools and experiences in such interviewing areas as recruitment, selection, placement of personnel, job descriptions and analysis; training and performance appraisal; wage and salary administration; union management relations, etc. MARKET- The purpose of this course is to relate how to make the most effective use of marketing research in business. More specifically the course will cover the nature and scope of research, research design, basic methods of collecting data, marketing research procedures and selected applications of marketing research. 68 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 276 — M A R K E T ING M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 290 G R A M M I N G I (F) (6,0,2) This course introduces the student to the approaches and problems of the marketing decision making under conditions of uncertainty. Marketing planning and strategy, buyer behaviour, product strategy, distribution strategy, promotional strategy, pricing strategy and integrated programs will be evaluated. This course provides a general knowledge of computing, using programming language R P G II to describe data processing problems. Areas of study include program fundamentals, card design and implementation, compilation, desk checking, debugging, programming concepts, table handling, introduction to disc systems, and the operation of the computer. Lab fee: $5.00 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 277 — INTERNATIONAL M A R K E T I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 291 — P R O G R A M M I N G II (S) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Business Management 290 This course is an extension of B M 290, strengthening the knowledge of R P G II. Areas of study include: disk system management, operation control language, disk file organizations, access methods, file maintenance and system generation. Lab fee: $5.00 A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product-distribution-promotion mixes for export markets of C a n a d i a n Industry with emphasis on Pacific Rim and U.S.A. market influences. Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 278 MANSHIP(F,S) (3,0,1) SALES B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 292 — P R O G R A M M I N G III (F) (6, 0, 2) Pre-requisite: Business Management 290/291 The scope of this course includes all of the activities which the person in charge of an outside sales force is likely to encounter. More specifically it covers sales organization, operations, planning, analysis and evaluation, and salesmanship techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 280 I (F,S) (3,0,1) PRO- Provides the student with a practical training in the organization and writing of programs in the COBOL language. Topics include: program o r g a n i z a t i o n , program f l o w c h a r t s , program instructions, compilation, desk checking, debugging, card to printer, disc to printer routines. Lab fee: $5.00 AUDITING BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 293 - S Y S T E M S A N A L Y S I S & A P P L I C A T I O N S II (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 262 This course is an extension of B M 262 furthering the ability to analyze managerial requirements of information systems, analysis of managerial decisions, information requirements to support these decisions, controls, audit trails, backup and user education. It provides a thorough understanding of payroll, accounts payable, accounts receivable, inventory control, account ledgers. Objectives, principles and procedures of auditing for internal and external application. The audit of cash, receivables, inventories, investments, prepaid expenses, tangible assets, liabilities and equity. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 282 — AUDITING II (F,S) (3,0,1) This course covers auditing procedures for intangibles, proprietorship, financial statement preparation, the audit report, legal requirements, audit procedures for small businesses, share capital and changes in surplus. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 294 — P R O G R A M M I N G IV (S) (6,0,2) Pre-requisiste: Business Management 292 This course is an extension of B M 292, strengthening the s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of COBOL. Areas of study include: table handling techniques, master file updates, file maintenance, program instructions related to disk file handling techniques and programming for efficient execution. Lab fee: $5.00 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 284 — T A X A T I O N (F,S) (3,0,1) A study, largely depending upon the case study method of the Income Tax Act and d e t e r m i n a t i o n of taxable income and tax payable, thereon for individuals and corporations. Strategic p l a n n i n g to achieve tax minimization is an integral part of this course. 69 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 296 - MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (F,S) (4.5,0,1-5) CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 250 — ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisiste: Business Management 262, Business Management 263, Business Management 290, Business Management 291, Business Management 293. This course brings together the various computer concepts that have been studied in the previous three semesters. It involves an indepth computer study of a company situation. Study will include: a complete feasibility study, a total system design including time and cost estimates, a full project presentation, along with complete implementation of one application area of the system. This course is a continuation of Chemical Technology 150 I and consists of three hours each of lecture and laboratory, and mainly covers the theory and use of instrumentation in analytical chemistry; colourimetric and spectrophotometric methods (absorption and measurement of radiant energy, Beer-Lambert law; visible, ultraviolet, infra-red and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy); emission spectrography, flame photometry; mass psectrometry; electrical methods (electrolysis, coulometric methods, polarography); PH meters (types, uses, potentiometric and conductometric filtrations); magnetic methods (Young and Faraday balances); use of reaction rates in chemical analysis; extraction and chromatographic methods (liquid-liquid extraction, extraction of metal ions, liquid-liquid partition, chromatography, paper, T.L.C. and V.P.C. chromatography, electrophoresis, latest methods; atomic absorption; x-ray fluorescence; calibration and standards. CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 150 — ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I (F) (3,3,1) This is a first course in Analytical-Chemistry, consisting of three hours each of lecture and laboratory per week. The basic concepts of Analytical Theory and practise are presented: Nature of analytical chemistry; organization and basic steps (sampling, drying and measuring the sample; dissolution processes, etc.); approach to laboratory work (notebook, cleanliness, reagents, safety); the analytical balance; treatment of analytical data (error and deviation, accuracy and precision, etc.); review and expansion of earlier concepts, especially equilibria concepts (solubility of precipitates, formation of complexes, equilibrium constants, titrationcurves, solution chemistry (especially theory of electrolytes); qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis; gravimetric methods, volumetric methods; ion-exchange methods. CHEMISTRY T E C H N O L O G Y 251 ICAL CHEMISTRY III (S) ANALYT(1,3,0) A continuation of Chemical Technology 250. This course consists of one hour of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. A variety of analytical techniques are applied to consumer and environmental chemistry; food additives; medicine (acidity tablets, pain killers, sulfa drugs, steroid drugs, etc., antibiotics); cleaning agents (soaps, lye, detergents, enzymes); cosmetics (skin, hair); paints and dyes; beverages (alcoholic, tea, coffee, juices); man-made fibres and plastics; water and air pollution and purification; radioactivity; advanced semimicro qualitative analysis. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 260 — ANALYTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (S) (0,3,0) This course is a continuation of Chemical Technology 160, consisting of three hours of laboratory per week; high pressure chromatography; micro qualitative and quantitative analysis; nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy of organic compounds; mass spectrometry; polarimetry. Unknowns will be assigned for identification. CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 160 — ANALYTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (F) (0,3,0) This is a laboratory course (3 hours per week) in which the current basic techniques of organic analysis are presented. Where necessary, relevant theoretical aspects will be presented prior to commencement of the practical work: gas-liquid chromatography (separation of polar, non-polar compounds, separation of compounds of varying volability, quantitative separations; thin-layer chromatography of various types of compounds; column chromatography (macro separations of various compounds, monitoring of separations with T.L.C., G.L.C., I.R., etc.); infrared, ultraviolet and visible spectroscopy (analysis of various compounds and interpretation of spectra). Unknowns will be assigned for identification. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 270 CHEMISTRY (F) (3,3,1) INORGANIC This course consists of three hours of lecture per week, and covers various aspects of inorganic chemistry; review of chemical bonding, with detailed theory of the co-ordinate bond; periodicity and trends of the elements; group 70 per week; structural, thermal and electrical properties of glass, ceramics, plastics and metals; glass-blowing and fabrication of special equipment. properties; electron-deficient compounds; coordination compounds (crystal field theory, MO theory, syntheses, properties, reactions, stabilities of complexes, organometallic chemistry, bioinorganic chemistry); structural inorganic chemistry (molecuies, complex, ions, metallic and ionic crystals, relationship between properties and structure, elucidation of structure by spectroscopic and other methods). CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 293 — CIRCUITS (S) (2,0,0) This course comprises two hours each of lecture and laboratory per week, and will cover the theory, operation, and maintenance of circuits as applied to chemical instrumentation. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 280 - BIOCHEMISTRY I (F) (3,3,1) An introduction to biochemistry, consisting of three hours each of lecture and laboratory per week: Carbohydrates, fats, amino acids, proteins, bioenergetics. The laboratory work will include: analysis of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids; use of T.L.C. and electrophoresis; urine and blood analysis; use of the ultracentrifuge. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 294 (S) (1,0,0) PROJECT This course consists solely of a project which will be chosen by the student in consultation with an instructor(s). The project will involve the use of technical literature and the compiling of technical reports, and can be concerned with laboratory, or industrial work. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 281 — BIOCHEMISTRY II (S) (3,3,1) This is a continuation of Chemical Technology 280, and consists of three hours each of lecture and laboratory per week; nucleic acids, steroids, metabolic processes, enzymes, enzyme kinetics, bio-chemical redox systems, fermentation. The laboratory work will include; analysis of steroids, vitamins, foods. Chemistry CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 290 — INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY I (F) (3,0,1) A course on industrial processes, consisting of lectures and field trips, to talking 3 to 6 hours per week: ore concentration, smelting and purification; oil refining; manufacture of sulphuric, hydrochloric and nitric acids; manufacture of ammonia and certain other nitrogencontaining chemicals (e.g.: dyes); flow diagrams; testing procedures (quality control). CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 291 - INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY II (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Chemical Technology 290. Chlorine, caustic, chlorate and hydrochloric acid manufacture; smelting of aluminum; pulping, bleaching and paper-making, fermentation and pharmaceutical processes; analytical procedures. CHEMICAL T E C H N O L O G Y 292 — MATERIALS (F) (3,0,0) An introduction to materials, consisting of three hours of combined lecture and laboratory 71 C H E M I S T R Y III PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 110. Mathematics 113 and 114 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Thermodynamics, equilibrium, acids, bases, and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; transition metals and their complexes; organic chemistry. All Chemistry courses include weekly threehour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. There are lab fees for Chemistry courses. C H E M I S T R Y 030 — A N INTRODUCTION TO C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: None. (No University transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in Sciences. No labs are given. The atom, atomic weights, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. B a l a n c i n g equations, s i m p l e mathematical solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium. C H E M I S T R Y III - SPL — PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F.S.SU) (3) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 110. Mathematics 113 and 114 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111 and designated to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. C H E M I S T R Y 104 — F U N D A M E N T A L S O F C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) A course specifically designed for nonscience students which also fulfills first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical e d u c a t i o n . A study of chemical principles; stoichiometry; oxidation-reduction, solids, liquids and gases; the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity. C H E M I S T R Y 200 (F) (3,3,1) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 or 111 A study of nomenclature; structure; identification, and spectroscopy of organic molecules, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, ethers, acids. C H E M I S T R Y 105 — F U N D A M E N T A L S OF C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 104 A study of electrochemistry; introductory t h e r m o d y n a m i c s ; representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. C H E M I S T R Y 201 - O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 200 Optical somerism; carbohydrates; amines, amides, nitriles, nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; protein chemistry; electrophilic aromatic substitution; heterocyclics; polymers; natural products. C H E M I S T R Y 110 PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12, or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 112 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding. C H E M I S T R Y 204 — INTRODUCTION TO P H Y S I C A L I N O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) C H E M I S T R Y 110 — SPL - PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12 or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 112 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 110, open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 with " B " standing or Chemistry 111, and Mathematics 112, 113 and 114. A course for students majoring in the biological sciences and for those planning careers in medicine, dentistry, agriculture or forestry. A study of thermodynamics, thermochemistry; equilibrium; acids and bases, pH determinations, solubility products qualitative inorganic analysis, reaction rates and chemical kinetics. Biological application of these topics stressed. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. 72 C H E M I S T R Y 205 — INTRODUCTION TO P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 204 A study of electrochemistry; galvanic cells, oxidation-reduction in biological systems; macromolecular systems, main group systematic c h e m i s t r y ; transition elements and coordination complexes. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE AND OFFICE TECHNOLOGY C H E M I S T R Y 210 — P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 111 and Mathematics 112, 113 and 114. Mathematics 230 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Quantum mechanics, wave equation. Schrodinger equation and Hamiltonian operators, particle in a box d e r i v a t i o n s . Q u a n t u m mechanics applied to hydrogen atoms, Electron spin effects. Valence bond theory, crystal field and molecular orbital theory as a quantum mechanical basis for interpretation of coordination chemistry. Beginning typewriting for students who have had no previous instruction. Mastery of typewriter keyboard by touch; correct typing technique; operation and care of typewriters; development of speed with accuracy; introduction of letter styles. Academic students or community members wishing to learn to type for their personal use will find this an excellent course. Note: This course will not be counted for credit toward Administrative Science and Office Technology Career or Vocational programs. C O M M E R C E 010 — (3,0,1) P E R S O N A L TYPING (F,S) P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC II C O M M E R C E 151 — BUSINESS OFFICE SKILLS COMPOSITE (Summer Term Only) (4.5,0,1.5) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 210, Mathematics 231 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A practical course dealing with the application of skills relating to office machines and office procedures. Operation of wordprocessing typewriter, dictation and transcrip- C H E M I S T R Y 211 (S) (3,3,1) 73 COMMERCE 162 — MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) Pre-requisite: Typing speed of 30 wmp General, legal or medical machine transcription. Practice in transcribing forms, letters and reports from IBM Executary, Stenocord, and Lanier Edisette dictation equipment. This course entails a mandatory 1V2 hour lab. Lab fee: $5.00 tion equipment, copying and duplicating machines, calculators, or shorthand machine. Increase in typing speed, production, bookkeeping and shorthand skills may comprise part of the course. C O M M E R C E 152 — TYPING I (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) Introduction to typewriting for students with no previous instruction. Mastery of keyboard by touch system; correct typing technique; operation and care of typewriters; development of speed and accuracy. Introduction to styles and formats of business letters, memos, manuscript typing. Students should be able to type 30 wpm by the end of the course. C O M M E R C E 154 — TYPING II (F,S) Machine Transcription — Legal Of particular value to students starting work or interested in legal letters, accounts, wills, and corporate work (incorporation, resolutions, filings with Registrar). Basic commercial (employment, partnership agreements, sales contracts) and litigation (writs, statements of claim, and defence, affidavits, notices of motion). Documents and procedures will be included. (4.5,0,1.5) Pre-requisite: Knowledge of keyboard; typing speed of 20 wmp. Continuation of speed development and accuracy in typewriting with emphasis on producation, composition of letters and letter styles and extensive practice in typing various office forms. Machine Transcription — Medical Medical terminology and transcription of cases and medical reports relating to body systems, designed to prepare students to become medical secretaries and typists. Both Legal and Medical Machine Transcription can be taken as self-paced learning courses on or off campus. COMMERCE 156 — ALPHABETIC SHORTHAND (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) Beginning study of an alphabetic shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed, utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 80 wmp after completing one term. This course requires students to put in 1 /2 hours of lab time per week. C O M M E R C E 163 — MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) Pre-requisite: Commerce 162 Continuation of work begun in Commerce 162 on either general, legal or medical machine transcription. Commerce 163 also can be taken 1 as an S P L c o u r s e . C O M M E R C E 158 - OFFICE T E C H N O L O G Y AND PROCEDURES (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Lab fee: $5.00 C O M M E R C E 164 — TYPING SPEED DEVELOPMENT I (F,S,SU) (1.5,0,.5) Up-to-date practical application of business skills and knowledge relative to various types of offices — including information regarding data control, filing, operation of switchboard, the correct operation and use of word-processing equipment, electric and magnetic typewriters, transcribing units, Gestetner, mimeograph and spirit duplicating machines, Gestefax and Thermofax machines. Demonstration of modern office equipment by manufacturers and distributors of equipment. Lab fee: $5.00 Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in typewriting. C O M M E R C E 165 — TYPING S P E E D DEVELOPMENT II (F,S,SU) (1.5,0,.5) Continuation of Commerce 164. C O M M E R C E 161 — ELEMENTS OF BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (F,S) (3,1.5,1) A review and discussion of basic algebra; the number system; linear quadratic graphs; set operations and elementary probability rules; statistical measures; elementary interest problems. C O M M E R C E 166 - PRODUCTION I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Typing speed of 50 wmp. A course in which emphasis is placed upon developing a professional and practical approach to typing problems with a minimum of supervision through timed production of work and acceptable work standards. 74 COMMERCE 180 — PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) COMMERCE 171 — SPECIALIZED SHORTHAND (F,S) (1.5,1.5,-5) Pre-requisite: Completion of one term of shorthand theory. Individualized study and review of student's shorthand system; expansion of vocabulary; specialized vocabulary theory; dictation of terminology and specialized material apropos to student's choice of career area. A seminar course designed to provide an opportunity for women to meet — in a group setting to explore present or future career concerns relating to status, age, image, opportunities for employment, job security and advancement. Emphasis will be placed upon meeting the needs of individuals within their personal and professional geographies. The course will include guest speakers, films and extensive group discussion. COMMERCE 173 — SPECIALIZED SHORTHAND (F,S) (1.5,1.5,-5) C O M M E R C E 181 — W O M E N IN MENT (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Commerce 171. This course, dealing with the role of women managers in organizations and businesses, encompasses problem-solving and decision-making through practice in innovative or creative thinking, and analysis of effective management styles. Meeting procedures (Robert's Rules), debating, strategies and tactics also will be studied in order to gain, appreciate or increase managerial skills. C O M M E R C E 174 — TYPING SPEED DEVELOPMENT III (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Continuation of Commerce 165. C O M M E R C E 175 — TYPING SPEED DEVELOPMENT IV (F,S) (1.5,0,-5) Continuation of Commerce 174. C O M M E R C E 176 — M(F,S) (3,0,1) C O M M E R C E 182 — W O M E N A N D THE E C O N OMY (F,S) (3,0,1) A survey and analysis of the impact of women on the Canadian economy; the purchasing power of women, their effect on the labour market, the economic consequences of sex and age discrimination; affirmative action programs; women's pension plans. The concept of human resources and human capital development, the interrelationship of wages and productivity, economic and banking systems will be studied in context. PRODUCTION TYPING Pre-requisite: Commerce 166. Production problems of a more complex nature will be introduced. C O M M E R C E 177 — SHORTHAND SPEED DEVELOPMENT (F,S) (3,0,1) Ability to take dictation at 60 wmp with fairly accurate transcription. Continuation of speed development along with theory review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material aiming at 95% accuracy in transcription. C O M M E R C E 183 BUSINESS MACHINES AND CALCULATIONS (F,S) (3,1.5,1) A course designed to provide students with a marketable skill in the operation of business machines and calculators; the systematic handling of business papers, and the understanding of terminology used in business offices. In addition, accuracy in fundamental arithmetic computations will be stressed. C O M M E R C E 178 — SHORTHAND SPEED DEVELOPMENT (F,S) (3,0,1) Ability to take dictation at 80 wmp with emphasis on reinforcing theory. Continuation of speed development with 95% accuracy in transcription, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material. C O M M E R C E 179 VELOPMENT (F,S) MANAGE- C O M M E R C E 184 — ORGANIZATIONAL A N D OFFICE DYNAMICS (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is designed to provide students with practical experience and skill in dealing with the problems of human relations and office procedures such as placement, grievances, discrimination, office, protocol, ethics, and difficult employer/employee relationships. Recognition, cause and solution of problems situations will be presented through sociodrama and role playing with the group facilitating analysis and learning. S H O R T H A N D SPEED DE(3,0,1) Ability to take dictation at approximately 90-100 wmp with accurate transcription. Advanced speed development to rates of 100-140 wmp. Dictation of unfamiliar material for varied time lengths, improvement of rapid and accurate transcription skills and shortcuts in shorthand systems. 75 C O M M E R C E 185 — PUBLIC RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) Economic and social factors that affect relations between the public and media in shaping public opinion. Problems encountered in interpreting an organization to its various publics. Practical information on how to utilize media (print, radio, T.V., etc.) and how to develop or increase public relations skills. introduced. Emphasis will be placed upon an individualized program of reading; and reporting will be planned and executed under the guidance of a faculty member. C O M M E R C E 197 (1,2,-5) C A R E E R S SEMINAR (F,S) Weekly informal meetings with successful persons from many segments of the community, including lawyers, bankers, stockbrokers, retailers, insurance and advertising executives, accountants, purchasing agents, personnel managers, computer programmers, editors, public servants, college administrators, counsellors and others. Emphasis is placed upon discussion of career opportunities for women within these areas and upon practical information relative to the speakers' expertise and the students' interests. COMMERCE 186 — CONSUMER COUNSELLING (F,S) (3,0,1) An analysis of types and groups of consumers; how society is encouraged to consume, methods of counselling and assistance for debtors and creditors; types of credit, credit components, credit cards, credit ratings and the law relating to bankruptcy, the Consumer Protection Act and the Trade Practices Act. C O M M E R C E 198 (1.5,2,5) COMMERCE 190 — PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR II (F,S) (3,0,1) R E S E A R C H DESIGN (S) Pre-requisite: Commerce 196. A continuation of Commerce 180. The student, through participation in a weekly three-hour seminar, will develop techniques to identify his or her personal strengths and abilities, acknowledge and understand personal achievement patterns, become aware of his or her own value system, be able to assess and achieve immediate and long-range goals that utilize personal capabilities, identify areas of latent potential and the means of using it more productively; discover means of resolving conflict, learn techniques of self-motivation and increase self-esteem. Continuation of work begun in Commerce 196. Investigating and planning primary research paper. If approved by faculty, students may use research to fulfill requirements of independent research project (Commerce 299). C O M M E R C E 199 - C A R E E R PRACTICUM (F, S,SU) (3,1,1) This course is designed to enable the student to undertake an in-depth investigation of a specific employment area, to analyze the factors involved in meaningful work and to acquire the skills in securing and maintaining suitable employment. The course allows the student to participate in actual work situations of his or her choice provides the opportunity to complete a research project in a specialized area. It is recommended that this course be taken prior to enrolling in Commerce 300. C O M M E R C E 195 - THE ROLES OF W O M E N AND MEN IN BUSINESS (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will explore the various problems people are facing as a result of changing roles. Jobs are no longer divided along sexual lines. With more equal roles and opportunities for women in the business world, the adjustments both men and women must make are varied and complex. The course will examine the differences between men and women in dealing with problems at work and at home, the effectiveness of styles, and will compare the effects of the interpersonal and operational success. C O M M E R C E 258 (F,S) (3,0,1) OFFICE PROCEDURES Continuation Of Commerce 158 with specialized options. Topics to be covered will include filing systems, delivery services, reception and telephone manner, travel and conference arrangements. Lab fee: $5.00 Office Procedure — Legal C O M M E R C E 196 — INTRODUCTION TO RES E A R C H (F) (1.5,2,-5) A course to prepare secretarial and stenographic students for positions in legal offices. Instruction in timekeeping and accounting systems; acceptance and filing of court documents; forms and styles of legal correspondence; Introduction to the design and execution of research projects in business and commerce. Only necessary statistical tools will be 76 will examine the Canadian occupational structure and its various dimensions of stratification, class, status, power, reputation and class consciousness; the relationship between structure and life chances; life styles, personality, mortality and reasons for occupational choice. transcripts; briefs; law library indexing; use of office equipment; ethical responsibilities; legal terminology. Office Procedures — Medical Introduction to hospital admitting procedures and the various relationships between departments; correct techniques in dealing with personnel, patients and the public; plus procedures common to general medical offices including insurance forms, appointments, patient records, billing, and professional ethics of para-medical personnel. C O M M E R C E 259 TION (F,S) (3,0,1) C O M M E R C E 298 - C A R E E R PRACTICUM (F, S.SU) (3,1,1) This course is designed to enable the student to undertake an in-depth investigation of a specific employment area, to analyze the factors involved in meaningful work and to acquire the skills in securing and maintaining suitable employment. The course allows the student to participate in actual work situations of his or her choice and also provides the opportunity to complete a research project in a specialized area. It is recommended that this course be taken prior to enrolling in Commerce 300. OFFICE ADMINISTRA- A course to assist the individual in becoming a more effective supervisor or administrator. Delegation of responsibility, motivation, morale and working conditions, effective use of time, reduction of office expenses, compiling data, presenting reports, and improvements in office technology will be included in discussion topics. Lab fee: $5.00 Office Administration — Legal C O M M E R C E 300 — DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (F) (1,8,1.3) Fall term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field of student's choice. How to make a legal office run more efficiently: an examination of office machines, printed forms and human resources available in small and large law firms; an examination of bookkeeping and accounting systems; filing and communications systems; preparation of flow-charts; preparation of work-study charts; relating costs of machinery and services; special stationery. The office environment and how it relates to efficiency: eliminating unnecessary movement, encouraging a comfortable atmosphere, reducing distractions for employees, etc. Note: Students who have not taken Commerce 258 at the College but who do have legal office experience can challenge the prerequisite by either preparing assignments or writing an examination. C O M M E R C E 301 — DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S) (1,8,1.3) Spring term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the student's choice. C O M M E R C E 302 DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S,SU) (1.5,8,1.5) Summer term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least sixty hours of related office experience within the field of student's interest. C O M M E R C E 260 — WORK IN SOCIETY I (F,S) (3,0,1) Ethics and their place among problems of business; a study of ethical theories and behaviours; morality versus practicality; the beaurocratization of work and its effect on individual values; the significance of work in society. C O M M E R C E 303 DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (F) (1,8,1.3) Fall term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field of student's choice. C O M M E R C E 261 — W O R K IN SOCIETY II (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Commerce 260. Students 77 C O M M E R C E 304 — DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S) (1,8,1.3) V - C O M M E R C E 360 — LABORATORY (F,S) Spring term laboratory involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field of student's choice. This course entails up to 8 hours of lab work per week in bookkeeping and accounting. C O M M E R C E 305 — DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S,SU) (1.5,8,1.5) V C O M 010 LEGAL STENOGRAPHER PROGRAM (8 Months) Legal firms and lawyers are numerous but good legal secretaries are not always readily available. The Legal Stenographer Program provides excellent career opportunities for the graduate. A p p l i c a n t s may apply with no previous stenographic skills. Summer term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least sixty hours of related office experience within the field of student's interest. V - C O M M E R C E 350 - V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in Business English and Correspondence. Up to 8 hours of lab work per week are involved in this course. * V C O M 020 — C O M M E R C I A L U P G R A D I N G (4 Months) T h i s program consists of a variety of individual courses designed for persons who have had previous training or experience in general office work and occupational skills. Students may select two or more from the following: Machine Transcription, Advanced Typing, Advanced Shorthand, Communications, Office Technology & Procedures, Legal and Medical Transcription, and Bookkeeping. The level of courses taken will be predetermined by assessment of individual skills and needs. V - C O M M E R C E 351 - V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in Shorthand. Up to 8 hours of lab work per week are involved in this course. V - C O M M E R C E 352 - V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in typewriting. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. V - C O M M E R C E 354 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in Greek and Latin for specialized terminology. Up to 8 hours of lab work per week are involved in this course. * V C O M 040 — E M P L O Y M E N T ORIENTATION FOR W O M E N (6 Weeks) There exists a very great need for women, particularly those who have been at home for many years, to gain assistance and support in returning to work. A s a result of being out of touch with the labour market, women are unrealistic and lack confidence in establishing career goals. In addition, due to societal expectations and conditioning, women often fail to consider areas of employment for which they may be very suitable. V - C O M M E R C E 357 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in French for students wishing to obtain bilingual office positions. This course entails up to 8 hours work per week. V - C O M M E R C E 358 L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) VOCATIONAL SKILLS V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS This course entails up to 8 hours of lab work per week and will investigate changes in technology and the resultant effects on society and upon the job markets. * V C O M 050 Months) V - C O M M E R C E 359 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y IN J O B E X P L O R A T I O N (F,S) (.5,2.5, .5) This course entails up to 8 hours of lab work per week in exploring career possibilities through creative job search techniques. L E G A L S T E N O G R A P H E R (4 Legal Stenographers are in great demand and graduates from the program will have no difficulty obtaining interesting and rewarding positions. Loeal newspapers advertise regularly for legal personnel and salaries start in the $600 range. 78 * V C O M 060 (6-8 Months) MEDICAL STENOGRAPHER Communications Currently there is a great shortage of trained office personnel and the medical field is no exception. With the possible restructuring of B.C.'s health care system and the institution of community clinics, there will be an even greater need for persons to have a background in medical terminology and related skills. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 150 — BASIC C O M M U N I C A T I O N S (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly English 150) A course in the development of writing and speaking skills, with material largely related to specific career goals. Practice in improving English basics, numerous writing assignments, and at least one spoken presentation. ADMISSION R E Q U I R E M E N T S : C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 151 — BUSINESS C O M MUNICATIONS (S) (3,0,1) Education: Those applicants who do not possess the minimum educational requirements, but who have worked for several years, may have their experience assessed in lieu of stated educational pre-requisites. A course in the basics of business writing: resumes, memorandums, business letters, and reports. Attention is paid to business-writing formats and to developing an effective style. Spoken presentations may be required. General: An aptitude and interest in the vocation. Some programs require skill in typing and/or shorthand. Applicants without these skills should consult the program Co-ordinator. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 152 WRITING (S) (3,0,1) TECHNICAL A course in the basics of technical writing: research proposals, technical memorandums, reports, abstracts, and research methods. Some attention is given to presentation of technical material to non-technical readers. Spoken presentations may be required. Note: Applicants to the programs may wish to explore with their local Canada Manpower Centre, the possibility of being sponsored under the terms applied to the training of adults by the Federal Department of Manpower and Immigration. Courses to be offered in the programs are described in the Commerce section of the Calendar. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 153 — C O M M U N I C A TIONS A N D T H E A R T S (S) (3,0,1) A course in the use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Some attention will be paid to graphics and language as used in advertising and propaganda. Spoken presentations using audio-visual aids will be required. *This vocational program will be offered subject to final approval from the Department of Education, Victoria. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 154 — TIONS IN R E C R E A T I O N (S) COMMUNICA(3,0,1) A course in writing and speech as they relate to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 155 — C O M M U N I C A TIONS IN E A R L Y C H I L D H O O D E D U C A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) A course in effective verbal and non-verbal communication, and in the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 156 MEDIA RES O U R C E S C O M M U N I C A T I O N S (F) (3,0,1) A course in specific writing and speaking skills related to the Media Resources student. Emphasis will be placed on interviewing tech79 niques, story-boarding, captioning, and adaptive writing. Several in-class presentations will be required. Economics Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and involving the production, distribution, and consumption of w e a l t h . Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200 - level courses. Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce should complete Economics 200 and 201, before proceeding to third year courses at U . B . C , S . F . U . , or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at S . F . U . are also advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 160 INTERPERSONA L RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly Education 158) A course dealing with human relations on the individual and small-group levels. Attention will be paid to improved expression and perception of emotion, group dynamics, and the principles and theories of human relations. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 161 — H U M A N R E L A TIONS IN M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly Education 158) An exploration of concepts of behavioral science as a p p l i e d to organizational and business situations. Students w i l l actively participate in discussions, role playing, and other simulated activities dealing with such organizational factors as motivation, leadership, power and authority, status, roles and role conflict. Communication patterns in organizational settings will also be examined. The primary focus here will be on interpersonal communications as experienced by those supervisory and managerial positions or those aspiring to such positions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 170 ING (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly English 164) E C O N O M I C S 100 — INTRODUCTION TO E C O N O M I C S (F) (3,0,1) A course that involves the identification and study of current economic issues. Reference is made to the nature and historical development of capitalism and how it has been changing and to the contrasts of capitalism and socialism. Government fiscal and monetary policies and simple economic concepts such as supply and demand are dealt with. E C O N O M I C S 101 — C A N A D I A N E C O N O M I C S M A C R O A N D MICRO CONSIDERATIONS (S) (3,0,1) An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy with some historical reference. The importance of international trade and tariffs; the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of b u s i n e s s , government and unions and federal-provincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of Canada now face. PUBLIC S P E A K - A course in researching, organizing, and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention will be paid to voice training, non-verbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. COMMUNICATIONS 190 (F,S) (3,0,1) ARTICLE WRITING A course in researching and writing articles intended for publication in news media and magazines, especially "trade" and special interest periodicals. Attention will be paid to analysis of magazine readership, techniques of research and interviewing, the current market for articles, and the development of an effective prose style. The student will be expected to write at least three articles, on suitable format, and to submit them for publication in established periodicals. E C O N O M I C S 1 2 0 - E C O N O M I C HISTORY O F T H E P R E - I N D U S T R I A L E R A (F) (3,0,1) A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of pre-historic man, the River civilizations, Greece, Rome and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. 80 E C O N O M I C S 121 - E C O N O M I C HISTORY O F T H E INDUSTRIAL E R A (S) (3,0,1) Education A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth to the present in context of several countries including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. E D U C A T I O N 151 — YOUNG CHILDREN (S) Pre-requisite: Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A course designed to familiarize students with books, poetry and stories for children. Emphasis will be placed on the development and stimulation of language and thought in young children. A brief history of children's literature will be a n a l y z e d i n c l u d i n g its reflection of the cultural attitudes of the day. Students will present many assignments in small groups and make use of audio visual aids. E C O N O M I C S 200 — PRINCIPLES OF M A C R O E C O N O M I C T H E O R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Economics 100 or 101 The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory. Included is the study of the possible causes of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. E D U C A T I O N 152 — MENT I (F) (3,2,1) E C O N O M I C S 201 - PRINCIPLES OF MICROE C O N O M I C T H E O R Y (S) (3,0,1) PROGRAM DEVELOP- A n introduction to the planning and development of programs for pre-school centres (with major focus on Day Care). Attention will be given to activities that encourage exploration, e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , s e l f - e x p r e s s i o n and selfe s t e e m . Basic p r i n c i p l e s and methods of guidance will be studied. Pre-requisite: Economics 100 or 101 A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the d e t e r m i n a n t s of income distribution. E C O N O M I C S 210 — C O M P A R A T I V E NOMICS S Y S T E M S (F) (3,0,1) L I T E R A T U R E FOR (3,2,1) E D U C A T I O N 153 — P R O G R A M MENT II (S) (3,2,1) ECO- DEVELOP- Pre-requisite: Education 152 and Education 155 Further study of program planning and development with particular reference to day care and to meeting the needs of the individual child in a group setting. Consideration will be given to the child under three, the three to five year old child and to school age children. Pre-requisite: Economics 200 and Economics 201, Economics 200 may be taken as a co-requisite, OR written permission of the instructor. Not offered 1976/77 This course is an analysis of the mechanisms used to allocate resources and distribute income in different economic s y s t e m s . Direct comparisons between the functioning of the market system and various types of economic planning will be made. Examples will be drawn from the North American economies, the U.S.S.R., China, Sweden, France and Yugoslavia. E D U C A T I O N 154 — H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION I (F) (3,0,1) The first of a two part study of the young child with a particular emphasis on physiology and the common d i s e a s e s and d i s o r d e r s of childhood. Available community resources in the physical and mental health care of children is an additional focus. E C O N O M I C S 221 — P R O B L E M S IN C O N T E M P O R A R Y E C O N O M I C D E V E L O P M E N T (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Economics 200. Not offered 1976/77 A n analytical survey of the major problems facing today's underdeveloped countries. Discussion will focus on the population explosion, the importance of agriculture and landholding patterns, the debate over the choice of techniques for development, and the role of trade and aid in encouraging economic growth. E D U C A T I O N 155 — H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T I (F) (3,0,1) The first half of a two-part sequence. A study of human growth and development with emphasis on the pre-shcool years; an introductory study of theories, principles of development, child study techniques and an overview of the pre-school years. 81 AND E D U C A T I O N 252 — C R E A T I V E A R T S FOR T H E Y O U N G C H I L D (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Participation-oriented workshop in the creative arts to examine the experiential approach to art, drama, music and dance with young children. Emphasis is placed on each of those areas as being crucial learning situations for both the child and the student. Sociological perspective on the family in our culture and others. Examination of differences and similarities in family life related to ethnic, racial, socioeconomic groupings, cultural values and ideology. Exploration of contemporary life-styles, conventional and counter-cultural. Focus on the nuclear family, communal groups, single parents, the elderly. Implications for the pre-school teacher. E D U C A T I O N 254 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A n overview of historical sources and modern impacts which are reflected in present pre-school procedures. E D U C A T I O N 156 — H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 155 A continuation of Education 155 following the pre-schooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence and launching into adulthood. E D U C A T I O N 157 THE CHILD F A M I L Y LIFE (F) (3,0,1) E D U C A T I O N 262 — S P E C I A L E D U C A T I O N (F) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or written permission of the Program Coordinator. A course whose major goals will be the introduction to and general study of special needs of children in order that the student may increase her/his abilities to identify and work with exceptional pre-school children in regular or special programs. Special emphasis will be placed on community facilities serving exceptional children and application will be made to the gifted, developmentally delayed, neurologically handicapped, emotionally disturbed and multi-handicapped child. E D U C A T I O N 164 — H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION II (S) (3,0,1) The second of a two part study of the pre-school child with particular emphasis on the nutritional needs of early childhood and how they can be met in the pre-school setting. Twelve lectures of this series are concerned with first aid practices and procedures applicable in the pre-school setting. E D U C A T I O N 165 — FIELD S U R V E Y (S) (3,0,1) A course whose major goal will be to f a m i l i a r i z e students with lower m a i n l a n d facilities for the developmentally handicapped. The survey will include detailed observations and seminar reports dealing with programs and services designed for those with special needs from infancy to adulthood. E D U C A T I O N 264 — P R E - S C H O O L A D M I N ISTRATION (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Administration and management of preschools with major focus on day care. Topics studied w i l l include l i c e n s i n g r e g u l a t i o n s ; procedures for setting up a centre; financial operation; personnel policies; staff relationships and supervision; working with a board of directors. E D U C A T I O N 250 — P R O G R A M D E V E L O P MENT III (F) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A detailed look at children's early concept development in science, social studies and mathematics. Students will work on individual or group presentations of materials, activities and experiences for the young child. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of these with other curriculum areas to achieve a balanced, flowing, creative program. E D U C A T I O N 268 - I N T E R P E R S O N A L R E L A TIONSHIPS IN T E A C H I N G (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A n examination of the role of the pre-school teacher in establishing meaningful relationships with parents, colleagues and community 82 representatives. Specific communication skills will be developed through the group process, role play, sociodrama and interviewing techniques. Community resources and referral procedures will also be studied. pates in a community pre-school centre as a student assistant 75 hours. Weekly seminars are held throughout the term. E D U C A T I O N 270 M E N T (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 364. Taken concurrently with E d u c a t i o n 153 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Supervised participation in one program for young children. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. VOLUNTEER E D U C A T I O N 365 (6,0,2) PLACE- A course designed to provide practical experience of a volunteer nature in special needs facility. Supervision will be provided through weekly seminars and reports. E D U C A T I O N 271 — INDIVIDUAL P R O J E C T (S) (3,0,1) In consultation with the instructor the student will undertake an in-depth study of a program or an area of individual development related to the special needs person. EDUCATION (6,0,2) 364 — PRACTICUM I P R A C T I C U M II (F,S) E D U C A T I O N 366 — P R A C T I C U M III (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Education 365. Taken concurrently with E d u c a t i o n 250 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. T h e student participates as a student assistant in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. (F) EDUCATION (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Taken concurrently with Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The first of a four part practicum sequence. During the first half of the term the student observes in the College Day Care Centre, focusing on i n d i v i d u a l differences among children and developing skill in observing and recording the behaviour of young children. In the second half of the term the student partici- 367 - PRACTICUM IV (S) Pre-requisite: Education 366. Taken concurrently with E d u c a t i o n 262 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The student visits a number of different centres for children with special needs and spends an extended block of time in one such centre. 75 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. 83 V c) you've passed English 091 with an assigned final grade of A. d) you are not registering in any transfercredit English courses. If you are exempt from the screening and plan to enrol in a first-year transfer credit English course, you must have a signed waiver card to present at registration in order to enrol. You can obtain waiver cards from a) Student Services, if you have previously passed a transfer credit English course, OR b) from the English Department if you have previously taken the screening exam. NOTE: 1. You must write the examination BEFORE you register in your transfercredit English courses. 2. Any student who does not write the the examination and is required to do so, will not be permitted to register in a transfer credit English course. English GENERAL INFORMATION Students intending to transfer to universities should take two first year English courses other than 176, 177, 190, 191. Those bound for Simon Fraser University can obtain transfer credits for 010, if they desire. Intending majors and honours students should complete English 200 and 201, and are encouraged to take another second-year English course. English 200 and 201 are sometimes required for certain A r t s and Education programs; students should check university calendars and seek help from Advisers in determining requirements. ENGLISH COMPOSITION SCREENING EXAMINATION Ill When Can You Write It? Schedules for the English Screening Examination will be posted, well in advance of registration, in the College reception area, and in the Humanities Division. Please take it as early as possible to avoid delays in course registration. I What Is It? In response to a widely felt need by both students and instructors Capilano College offers an expanded program in English Composition. One new aspect of this program is a diagnostic screening examination. ALL STUDENTS WHO PLAN TO TAKE THEIR FIRST TRANSFER ENGLISH COURSE AT CAPILANO MUST WRITE THIS EXAMINATION BEFORE THEY C A N REGISTER IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE. The examination will determine in which English course a student should enroll. Students will be given 5 or 6 specific topics drawn from general knowledge and will be asked to write a 500-700 word essay (approximately 4 well-developed paragraphs) on one of the given topics. No prior prepration is necessary, and students will have 1 Vz hours to write their essay. ENGLISH 010 — L A N G U A G E SKILLS (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: Credit sections of this course are transferable to Simon Fraser. Drop-in sections are non-credit. An intensive Writing Workshop in the basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty though a regular college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Most work will be practical. Students may enter the drop-in sections Writing Workshop during the semester and need not stay in for 15 weeks when problems can be solved in less time. Drop-in sections do not carry college credit. II Who Must Write It? You MUST write the screening examination if you enroll in: a) any TRANSFER credit English course OR b) any interdisciplinary course, such as Humanities or General Studies, that offers transfer credit in English. ENGLISH 090 - ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONA L L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is not t r a n s f e r a b l e to University. A course designed to provide the student whose first language is not English, with verbal and written skills in English at a post-secondary level. The course will proceed with the patterns set by the students' needs, generally beginning with review of basics. Included in the course of study are: reading and oral comprehension, sentence structure, general composition, vocabulary, spelling and verbal communication. You Do Not Need to Write the screening examination if: a) you've passed at any time a Capilano College transfer credit English course with an assigned grade of D,C,B, or A. b) you've passed at any time a Capilano College course which offers first-year transfer credit in English, such as Humanities. 84 ENGLISH 091 — ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONA L L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: T h i s course is not t r a n s f e r a b l e to University. ENGLISH 108 THEMES P O R A R Y L I T E R A T U R E (F,S) IN C O N T E M (3,0,1) A study of twentieth-century works, each of intrinsic literary merit, arranged under a thematic heading of s i g n i f i c a n c e in the contemporary world. The theme heading for each section of the course will be announced at the time of registration. Works will be drawn from various genres and will be studied as artistically formed expressions of feelings and ideas, both separately and in relation to one another. Pre-requisite: English 090 or written permission of the instructor. This course is similar in all respects to English 090 except that the student should have a higher level of ability in the English language, and the stress of study will be on writing and discussion. (3,0,1) ENGLISH 110 — INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS I (F) (3,0,1) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay f o r m . Throughout the t e r m , much attention is given to precise, appropriate and effective selection of words, with progressively increasing emphasis on effective organization and development of material. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually in conferences, by revision of essays, and if necessary by group or individual drill. This course offers an introduction to language with emphasis on the history and development of the English language. A discussion of various problems related to language will be introduced. The course also examines the intellectual and cultural significance of language and m e a n i n g , and presents various ways of recording language. This course is transferable as Linguistics to U . B . C , S.F.U., and U Vic. ENGLISH 100 — COMPOSITION (F,S) ENGLISH 104 - FICTION (F,S) ENGLISH III — INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS II (S) (3,0,1) (3,0,1) The objective of this course as an extension of Linguistics 110, is to survey the various approaches to language study, from normative grammar to generative grammar, and from historical linguistics to formal linguistics. The emphasis will be on contemporary studies in transformational grammar and in structural and formal linguistics. A study of selected twentieth-century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and d e e p e n i n g the s t u d e n t ' s understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. This course is transferable as Linguistics to U . B . C , S.F.U., and U Vic. ENGLISH 105 - P O E T R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of selected major and significant minor twentieth-century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary e x p r e s s i o n , and to increase the student's ability to express those responses In well-developed criticism. ENGLISH 106 - D R A M A (F,S) ENGLISH 160 — READINGS IN THE 19TH CENTURY NOVEL (F) (2.5,0,1.5) Note: This course is not transferable to university. (Not being offered 1976/77) This course will meet on Saturday mornings, with optional tutorials on Saturday afternoon, to accommodate persons who are not free during the work week. The course offers discussion of works selected from a list of famous 19th century novels. Two short papers will be written. (3,0,1) ENGLISH 161 — READINGS IN THE 20TH CENTURY NOVEL (S) (2.5,0,1.5) A study of selected and representative twentieth century plays especially since 1950. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. Note: This course is not transferable to university. (Not being offered 1976/77) A continuation of English 160, this course is also planned for Saturdays. Works to be read will be selected from a list of important 20th century novels. Two short papers will be written. 85 ENGLISH 165 - J O U R N A L I S M : N E W S P A P E R PRODUCTION I (F) COLLEGE (3,0,1) publication in T H E C A P I L A N O R E V I E W and other literary magazines. This course is a study of the basic principles of journalism, of the organization of small newspapers, and of the function of college newspapers. A wide variety of college newspapers will be studied and criticized; field trips will be taken to existing college newspaper operations. Instruction will be offered in research, reportage, layout, business procedures, advertising. Not being offered 1976/77. ENGLISH 191 - C R E A T I V E WRITING (3,0,1) Note: This course is transferable to U . B . C . and the University of Victoria. A continuation of English 190. ENGLISH 200 — E N G L I S H L I T E R A T U R E TO 1660 (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106, or 108. A study of texts in all major genres from selected major authors between mediaeval times and 1660. An attempt to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference as well as some in-depth study of individual works. ENGLISH 166 - J O U R N A L I S M : C O L L E G E N E W S P A P E R PRODUCTION II (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of English 165. This course will be devoted to the regular production of a weekly newspaper, including special monthly or bi-monthly supplements. Not being offered 1976/77. ENGLISH 176 MYTHOLOGY (F) ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL (3,0,1) Note: This course is not transferable to university. This course introduces the student to a wide range of myths of Greek, Roman, Norse, Teutonic and Oriental origin. It encourages an understanding of the relation of past to present, and increases the student's awareness of the role myths play in our language and literature. ENGLISH 177 (S) (3,0,1) (S) ENGLISH 201 — SINCE 1660 (F,S) ENGLISH (3,0,1) LITERATURE Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 200 recommended but not required. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period indicated. FOLK TALES AND LEGENDS ENGLISH 202 — C A N A D I A N L I T E R A T U R E (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course designed to familiarize the student with major, representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to World War II. An investigation of various themes and styles which evolved through the early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. Examples of significant FrenchCanadian works studied in translation. Note: This course is not transferable to university. This course introduces the student to a great variety of folk tales and legends from all over the world. Students will be encouraged to contribute their own material. Emphasis is on the inter-relationships between stories and the influence of oral tradition on our present language and literature. ENGLISH 190 — C R E A T I V E WRITING (3,0,1) (F,S) Note This course is only transferable to U . B . C . and the University of Victoria. An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop their skill in selfexpression and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre, and to develop an awareness, through written practice, of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point at which it should become acceptable for ENGLISH 203 - C A N A D I A N L I T E R A T U R E (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 202 recommended but not required. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in its investigation of individual, major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since World War II. A study of the emergence in modern form of themes and attitudes of a sensibility uniquely Canadian. 86 ENGLISH 204 - M A J O R A M E R I C A N W R I TERS TO 1850 (F) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 215 — POETRY AND POETICS, PRIOR TO THE 20TH CENTURY (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course designed to familiarize the student with the writings of selected major representative American writers, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. Pre-requisite: English 100 plus one of English 104,105,106,108 (preferably 105). This course offers an investigation of poetry before the 20th century. Students will have an opportunity to read long works and/or to concentrate on three or four major poets. Note: University transfer being applied for. ENGLISH 216 — POETRY A N D POETICS OF THE20TH CENTURY(S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 100 plus one of English 104,105,106,108 (preferably 105). This course offers a study of theories of writing, theories of language, systems of thought and understanding of tradition as they relate to 20th century poetry and poetics. Not a survey, this course presents the opportunity for intensive study of several significant poets or of the development of a particular form. Note: University transfer being applied for. ENGLISH 205 — M A J O R A M E R I C A N W R I TERS SINCE 1850 (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 204 recommended but not required. A course similar to English 204, but covering the period from 1850 to 1930. ENGLISH 206 (3,0,1) ENGLISH 290 C R E A T I V E WRITING — POETRY (F) (3,0,1) S E C O N D YEAR DRAMA (F,S) Pre-requisite: English 190 or 191, or the instructor's written permission. This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of poetry. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing his awareness of his own voice, this individual ground for writing, and the development of his own poetic. Students will be expected to do a certain amount of reading of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made about their own poetics or aesthetics. In their writing they will have the opportunity of trying a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial p o e m , n a r r a t i v e v e r s e , prose poetry. Note: This course has transfer credit at U.B.C. and U Vic. Pre-requisite: English 100 plus one of English 104,105,106,108 (preferably 106). This course continues from English 106, in investigating various forms of dramatic literature chosen largely from a pre-20th century reading list. Students will explore specific elements of style and form, various periods of drama history, and various sub genres of drama. Note: University transfer being applied for. ENGLISH 212 - R E A D I N G S IN W O R L D LITE R A T U R E TO 1880 (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major and influential works of literature from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th Century and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. ENGLISH 291 C R E A T I V E WRITING — FICTION (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 190 or 191 or the instructor's written permission. This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction while giving him practise in developing his own voice, his awareness of word choice and rhythm, his ability to use authentic dialogue, to shape character, to experiment with points-of-view. Students will, then, be expected to do a certain amount of reading of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. In ENGLISH 213 — R E A D I N G S IN W O R L D LITE R A T U R E SINCE 1880 (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 212 r e c o m m e n d e d but not required. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1800 to 1960. 87 their writing they will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fiction. Note: This course has transfer credit at U.B.C. and U Vic. Academic students have the option to take the following University of British Columbia transfer course in the Careers Art Program: ART 100-1 (Equivalent to Fine Arts component of Humanities 100-1) ART 260-1 (Equivalent to Fine Arts 210-11) Academic students may also take studio art courses and apply these to transfer credit at U.B.C. For details see Capilano College Equivalency guide. FINE ARTS 100 — T H E HISTORY O F ART I (F) (3,0,1) An historical survey of art from prehistoric times to the late Gothic Period with consideration given to the painting, architecture and sculpture of each successive era as well as the artists themselves, their social context. Problems in style and period classification will be discussed. FINE ARTS 101 — THE HISTORY OF ART II (S) (3,0,1) A consideration of painting, architecture and sculpture from the Renaissance to the present. The approach pursued in Fine Arts 100 is continued. Although students are encouraged to take Fine Arts 100 first, it is possible to enroll in the second semester offering. Note: Specific transfer credits for Fine Arts 100-101 have been arranged with the Fine Arts However, students are encouraged to take the G E N E R A L INFORMATION — ENGLISH HUMANITIES 100/101 — ART AND LITERATURE IN THE 20TH CENTURY (F,S) (2,3,1.5) The English component of this course explores through a rotation of lectures, seminars and workshops, selected groups and figures from recent literature. The composition and literature component offers exemption from English 100 at the University of British Columbia provided it is taken at the equivalent of 3 hours per week over two terms. The Art component of this course is equivalent to Art 100 offered in the Career Arts Program at Capilano College and, if the two semesters' study is complete, to Fine Arts 171 offered at the University of British Columbia. FINE A R T S 200 - N O R T H A M E R I C A N A R T A N D A R C H I T E C T U R E I (F) (3,0,1) This course is an in-depth survey of the Art and Architecture of America and Canada from 1600 to 1900. The background to the styles manifested during this period in these two countries will be examined, and the course will emphasize major trends and major figures rather than seek to cover an enormous range of material in a superficial manner. FINE ARTS 201 — NORTH A M E R I C A N A R T AND ARCHITECTURE II (S) (3,0,1) Fine Arts A continuation of Fine Arts 200. This course is a topical exploration of Canadian and American Art and Architecture in the 20th Century. Students are encouraged to take the second semester offering. Note: Specific transfer credits for Fine Arts 200-201 have been arranged with the Fine Arts Department at the University of British Columbia. GENERAL INFORMATION A l l Fine Arts Courses are transferable to the Fine Arts Department at the University of British Columbia and receive elective credit at Simon Fraser University. 88 made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversation practice with a native speaker. FINE ARTS 210 - r MODERN ART (19TH C E N TURY) (F) (3,0,1) This course is an in-depth survey of the art of the 19th century. The course will emphasize major trends and major figures (Romanticism, Neoclassicism, etc.; Delacroix, Ingres, etc.) This course is equivalent to Art 260 offered in the Career Arts Program. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. Students who have received training in French outside B.C. will be placed in the appropriate course after consultation with the Language Co-ordinator. FINE ARTS 211 — MODERN ART (20TH C E N TURY) (S) (3,0,1) This course continues from Fine Arts 210. It surveys in depth the art of the 20th century. Major trends and major figures will be examined (Cubism, Futurism, etc.). This half of the course may be taken without pre-requisite. This course is equivalent to Art 261 offered in the Career Art Program and Fine Arts 210-1 has specific transfer credits to the Fine Arts Program at the University of British Columbia. F R E N C H 102 - INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 11 or some previous experience of French or written consent of Instructor. A course designed to give spoken fluency and reading facility as well as some writing of the language, based on the audio-lingual approach. French S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in French are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College French courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. A s a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in French. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. F R E N C H 103 — INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 or some previous experience of French, or written consent of Instructor. T h i s course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 102. A continuation of French 102. U.B.C. F R E N C H 106 — T R A N S L A T I O N T E C H N I Q U E S — F R E N C H TO ENGLISH (S) (3,0,1) Students with French Grade 11 who wish only to satisfy the U . B . C . Faculty of Arts language requirement need Capilano College French 102 and 103. Should they plan to major in French, they should take French 202 and 220 during their third year at U . B . C , by permission of the U . B . C . French Department. Students with French Grade 12 who intend to major at U . B . C . should complete French 110 and 111, as well as French 210 and 211. They may then proceed to U . B . C . French 220, which may be taken during their third year by permission from the Department. A course devoted to translation techniques from French to English and English to French. INTENSIVE F R E N C H 108 — (F,S) (6,1.5,2) Pre-requisite: French Grade 11 or written permission of Instructor. Same approach and content as French 102 and 103 but done in one semester on an intensive basis. Recommended for those who want to achieve a language requirement quickly or who want a rapid review of basic principles. Note: All French courses include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, 89 F R E N C H 110 - I N T E R M E D I A T E F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 12 or French 102 and 103 or previous written/oral experience. Grammar revision; exercise, dictation, weekly assignments; some French and FrenchCanadian stories. F R E N C H 202 — A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 and 103 or French 12. A n advanced course to continue oral fluency with grammar review; some dictation and oral composition; continues the work of French 103. F R E N C H 111 - I N T E R M E D I A T E F R E N C H (S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisite: French 110. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 110. A continuation of the work of French 110; including composition, and an in-depth study of at least two major 20th Century novels. F R E N C H 203 - A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisite: French 202. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 202. A continuation of the work of French 202, with further emphasis on oral expression. F R E N C H 150 — F R E N C H C O M M U N I C A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) F R E N C H 210 — A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 110, 111 or considerable previous experience in written and oral work. A n advanced course with emphasis on written work, including formal translation, stylistic exercises, dictation, and weekly written assignments. Literary works chosen from 20th Century novels will be studied, requiring some background reading. Pre-requisite: basic knowledge of French (eg. French 102, French 160). Course work would include basic writing mechanics and their application in the composition of various types of business letters. FRENCH 160—DIALOGUE CANADA (F,S) (3,1,1.5) Intended for beginners. Speak and understand French by the Audio-Visual method. This course will provide students with a good functional vocabulary in a Canadian context. F R E N C H 161 — D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (3,1,1.5) F R E N C H 211 (3,1.5,1) QUEBEC (F,S) CULTURE F R E N C H 260 - D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (F,S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisites: French 102—103 OR French 160-161 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of the course "Dialogue C a n a d a " — F r e n c h 160-161. T h i s is a CANADIAN course using the audio-visual method and material taken from everyday Canadian life. The method emphasizes the spoken language — only a limited amount of written work will be done. I The aim of this course is to familiarize the student with the important aspects of Quebec culture, from its origins to the present day. The student should gain a feeling of the continuity of the culture, its rapid transformation since 1960, and its place within Confederation. F R E N C H 171 (3,0,1) Q U E B E C C U L T U R E II (S) Pre-requisite: French 210. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 210. A continuation of th work of French 210; literary texts will be chosen from 20th Century F r e n c h - C a n a d i a n w o r k s ; some background reading required. Note: University transfer being applied for. A continuation of the work of French 160. Instructor's permission required for those who have not the pre-requisite French 160. This course is intended for those students with more knowledge of French. F R E N C H 170 (F) (3,0,1) ADVANCED FRENCH (S) F R E N C H 261 — D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: French 170 or written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of French 170. (S) Pre-requisite: French 260 OR written permission of the instructor. A continuation of French 260. 90 G E N E R A L STUDIES 101 — THE LIFE AND TIMES OF THE LOWER MAINLAND (S) (9,0,3) F R E N C H 290 — DIALOGUE C A N A D A (F) (3,0,2) Pre-requisite: French 261 or equivalent or written permission from instructor. A continuation of French 261: this is a course of advanced conversation. Tapes, accompanied by texts on various subjects and greater degrees of difficulty, will enlarge the student's knowledge of the language and its usage. This should allow the student to achieve a comfortable level of fluency in the language. Pre-requisite: General Studies 100, or written permission of the instructors. A continuation of General Studies 100. Geography F R E N C H 291 — DIALOGUE C A N A D A (S) (3,0,2) Pre-requisite: French 290 or equivalent or written permission from instructor. A continuation of French 290. Geography courses are planned for students who wish to major in this field as well as for those who wish electives. More than one geography course may be taken simultaneously. Students intending to transfer to U . B . C . may combine Geography 110 and 201 to receive credit for U.B.C. Geography 200/201. Students planning to transfer to S . F . U . may take the geography courses in any sequence with exception of the new Geography 216 and 221 courses which require pre-requisites. Geography 112 and 114 are equivalent to Geography 101 at U . B . C . and fulfill the lab science requirements at both U . B . C , S . F . U , and U.Vic. General Studies G E N E R A L STUDIES 100 & 101: C A P A Cap A is one of the College's most exciting offerings. It consists of two terms' work, with nine (9) credit hours granted for each term. This kind of program allows for a great deal of both collective and individual learning experiences, and for a great variety of approaches to teaching (lectures, seminars, tutorials, workshops, etc.). Each year, the students and three instructors explore a topic through a wide range of methods and approaches. N O T E : All geography courses have University transferability. G E O G R A P H Y 106 — BRITISH C O L U M B I A : A R E G I O N A L A N A L Y S I S (F,S) (3,1,0) A regional analysis of the geography of British Columbia which examines the criteria for defining regions; the historical development of settlement in the Western Cordillera; resource extraction and other forms of current activity; environmental perception and man — land relationships in the British Columbia landscape. G E N E R A L STUDIES 100 — THE LIFE AND TIMES OF THE LOWER MAINLAND (F) (9,0,3) This course is about the land and the people of the Lower Mainland. Thus it deals with people's struggle, pain, beauty, ugliness, plan- G E O G R A P H Y 110 — T H E G E O G R A P H Y (F) (3,1,0) ning and chaos. Students and instructors will study the evolution of environment and settlement, and the interaction of environment and people. The Lower Mainland has become " h o m e " for many peoples. The concept " h o m e " will be studied using the literature and art of the area, set within a context of the political, economic, and geographic realities which have shaped the development of the Lower Mainland. Such an approach should provide an interesting vehicle for the production, by students and instructors, of multi-media presentations about the Lower Mainland. The course will be taught by a sociologist, a geographer and a writer. Classes will take the form of lectures, seminars, workshops, tutorials and field trips. Cap A should appeal to a wide range of student interests. SCOPE OF A course concentrating on the development and present-day use of geographic methods of inquiry and techniques of analysis in the study of mankind in his p h y s i c a l and human environments. A combined discussion grouplaboratory c o u r s e , in which students are encouraged to apply learned concepts in field research. G E O G R A P H Y 111 — H U M A N G E O G R A P H Y (F) (3,1,0) A n examination of human cultural characteristics and activities in different environmental situations. The distribution and characteristics of human populations are examined in both a 91 G E O G R A P H Y 216 — OUR A T M O S P H E R I C E N V I R O N M E N T (F,S) (3,1,2) global and contemporary North A m e r i c a n context; and will stress concepts of perception, c u l t u r e , and diffusion in these man-land relationships. A n expansion of the concepts outlined in Geography 114. Large and s m a l l scale atmospheric phenomena are described, and the processes leading to their forms and distributions are discussed. Films, lectures, labs and discussion groups will be used to explain some basic physical laws and how they can be applied to the processes we observe. The subjects of atmospheric energy, moisture and motion will be covered, with an aim to provide the student with a deeper understanding of the atmosphere and its interactions with the Earth environment. G E O G R A P H Y 112 — INTRODUCTION TO E A R T H E N V I R O N M E N T S (F,S) (3,1,2) A n introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in geomorphology and biogeography. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between man and his physical environment. Pre-requisite: Geography 114 or Instructor's permission. G E O G R A P H Y 220 — C A N A D A : ITS REGIONS, PEOPLES AND P R O B L E M S (F,S) (3,1,0) G E O G R A P H Y 114 — W E A T H E R A N D CLIM A T E (F,S) (3,1,2) A course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures, labs and discussion groups), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily. Emphasis will be placed on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s , and the interactions between climate and other elements of our environment, including man. Pre-requisite: any one of Geography 106, 110, 111,1120M14. This course deals with Canada as a political region, and discusses regional issues based on C a n a d a ' s h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l , and economic development. The course is designed to present information on past and contemporary Canadian issues, and draws on films, slides, and guest lecturers to complement selected readings. Transfer Credit for this course is available to all local Universities, as well as the Canadian Studies programme at Simon Fraser University. G E O G R A P H Y 200 TECHNOLOGY AND E C O N O M I C E N V I R O N M E N T S (S) (3,1,1) G E O G R A P H Y 221 - AIR P H O T O I N T E R P R E TATION (F,S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Geography 112 and 114 or Outdoor Recreation 150 and 151 or written permission of the Instructor. A n examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, and the location of industrial activities. GEOGRAPHY 201 - This course deals with the use of aerial photography to interpret natural and man-made phenomena. Major topics: Physical landscapes, Urban development, and Regional land use. Lecture and labs will include vertical and oblique air photos; black/white and color photography; ultraviolet, infrared, multi-spectral sensing. Theories of light, color, and photogrammetry will be considered as well as the legal and social implications of satellite and remote sensing techniques. URBAN STUDIES (S) (3,1,0) A course based on the themes and problems encountered in the field of urban geography recognizing the increasing inter-disciplinary nature of urban area analysis and examining urbanization as an historic and rapidly continuing process. This course also examines the growth of urban regions and patterns of settlement; the dynamics of urban structure and land use; and the critical problems that face mankind today due to past developments in the spatial, economic and social organization of cities. Examples will be taken from many parts of the world, though special attention will be made to the Lower Mainland of B.C. Note: University transfer credit applied for. GEOGRAPHY 249 - COMPARATIVE CULTURES: A FIELD STUDY COURSE IN G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3) Pre-requisite: Depends upon study area or written permission of instructor. This course applies the tools, techniques, concepts and methods of the geographer to 92 German examining the landscape. The focus is primarily on these field research techniques as they apply to a study area; and the study area will alternate each year between B.C. and/or Canada and foreign countries. NOTE: Because of costs, instructor expertise, and the overall ability to offer all geography courses it should be noted that this course may not be offered in some years; and may not be interdisciplinary. S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College German courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in German. Courses which to not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. Geology U.B.C. Geology courses include weekly two-hour laboratory periods or equivalent field projects. These courses are designed for students who wish to gain a general knowledge of the earth's structure, composition, and history, as well as for those who intend to proceed to further studies in earth sciences at a university. Students planning to transfer to U . B . C . may combine Geology 110 and 111 to gain credit for U . B . C . Geology 105. In the case of U . B . C . present equivalent standards provide transfer on the following basis: Capilano College U.B.C. German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) 100 (3) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 200 (3) T h e student w i s h i n g to major f u l f i l l s departmental requirements with German 223, which may be taken in the third year by permission of the Department. G E O L O G Y 110 - P H Y S I C A L G E O L O G Y (F) (3,2,1) Topics to be studied include: structure and identification of common minerals; economic mineral deposits; origin and classification of rocks; weathering and erosion; development of l a n d f o r m s ; composition and structure of continents and ocean basins; volcanoes and earthquakes; palaeo-magnetism, continental drift, sea-floor spreading and tectonics of lithospheric plates, internal constitution of the earth; origin of the earth. As these topics entail the study of chemical and physical processes acting upon earth materials, students who have little science background should consult the instructor to determine how they can best learn the needed principles. Note: All courses in German include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence d e a l i n g with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. G E O L O G Y III — HISTORICAL G E O L O G Y (S) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. The geological evolution of continents and ocean basins constitutes the main theme of this course. Topics to be studied include: relative and absolute age of minerals and rocks; fossils and stratigraphic palaeontology; geologic timescale; ancient environments and organic evolution; geological history of the North American continent and the Atlantic and Pacific ocean-basins; geological history of our immediate environment. G E R M A N 100 — FIRST Y E A R G E R M A N (F,S) (3,1.5,1) A comprehensive introduction to the German language using a multiple approach: emphasis on understanding and speaking with reinforcement through reading and writing. G E R M A N 101 — FIRST Y E A R G E R M A N (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: German 100,107, German 10,11. 93 This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking German 200 at a later date and need review work. INTENSIVE G E R M A N 108 - (F) suffixes, roots and combining forms common to medical terminology. Study of the structure, function and basis of the organic system of the body. Diseases, conditions, operations will be studies in conjunction with the systems. * Formerly Commerce 252. (6,1.5,2) Pre-requisite: German 9, 10 or 11 Same approach and content as German 100 and 101, but done in one term on an intensive basis. P e r m i s s i o n of instructor r e q u i r e d . Recommended for those who have taken German 9 and/or 10 or German 11 or for those who need review work before taking German 200. H E A L T H 163 — M E D I C A L T E R M I N O L O G Y * A N A T O M Y A N D P H Y S I O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) G E R M A N 200 — S E C O N D Y E A R G E R M A N (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: German 101, German 12 or German 11 with written permission of the Instructor. A course which includes c o n v e r s a t i o n , grammar, composition and the study of modern literary selections. Introduction to medical records and their role in the provision of health care. Functions, responsibilities and ethics of medical record personnel. Medical record content, its determinants and application to patient care, reimbursement for care, and for medical research. Procedures for maintenance, completion and preservation of medical records in health care institutions, including microfilming and computer storage. G E R M A N 201 (3, 1.5, 1) Continuation of the work begun in Health 162. * Formerly Commerce 253. H E A L T H 260 - M E D I C A L R E C O R D S T E C H NOLOGY (F) (3,0,1) SECOND YEAR G E R M A N H E A L T H 261 - M E D I C A L R E C O R D S T E C H NOLOGY (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: German 200. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 200. A continuation of the work in German 200. Principles of hospital statistics, abstracting data from medical records and preparation of administrative and medical statistics. Preparation of reports, including basic tables and graphs. Principles of nomenclature and classification, coding diseases and operations for research purposes according to the various recognized systems, including Standard Nomenclature of Disease and Operations. Health H E A L T H 160 — INTRODUCTION TO H E A L T H C A R E (F) (3,0,1) History A course designed for students interested in the health professions and expecially for those preparing for careers in health care. Emphasis is placed on the changing mode of health care, where it is available, how it is financed and its relation to the various branches of medicine. Included is the history and development of medicine, dentistry and numerous emerging health professions. Students intending to major in history are advised to consult with an history faculty member of the university of their choice. In general, students planning to major in history should have at least two history courses at the College. These can be any two courses, preferably three, and the potential major is advised that a good program of study would include at least one each of courses in Canadian, U.S. and European history. An intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at Simon Fraser University should take six history courses in the first two years. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate foreign language. H E A L T H 161 — INTRODUCTION TO H E A L T H C A R E (S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Health 160. H E A L T H 162 - M E D I C A L T E R M I N O L O G Y * A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, 94 Shore historical materials in order to prepare a major research project. HISTORY 103 - Q U E B E C IN C A N A D A (S) (3,0,1) An historical approach to the conflicts between English and French Canadians and between "federalist" and "separist" French Canadians. HISTORY 204 - L O C A L HISTORY SEMINAR II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: History 203, or permission of Instructor. Completion and criticism of research projects on local history. HISTORY 106 — EUROPE IN WORLD HISTORY (F) (3,0,1) A study of selected themes in Western European history from Ancient to Modern times, focussing on Europe's contacts and relations with other nations, cultures and peoples. Humanities HISTORY 108 — ISSUES A N D T H E M E S IN U.S. HISTORY (S) (3,0,1) HUMANITIES 100 — ART A N D LITERATURE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (F) (2,3,1.5) An overview of U.S. history, 1620 to the present, focussing on selected themes and topics. Humanities 100 is an interdisciplinary course meeting in a rotation of lectures, seminars and workshop groups to examine 20th century literature. Selected works will be studied in depth and the important movements in twentieth century art and literature will be surveyed. HISTORY 110 — C A N A D A B E F O R E CONFEDERATION (F) (3,0,1) An examination of the colonial culture as it existed in British North America. Topics covered will include early settlement and immigration and the effects of colonial status on the exploitation of resources and society, culture and politics. HISTORY 111 - C A N A D A , ERATION (S) (3,0,1) HUMANITIES 101 - ART AND LITERATURE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (S) (2,3,1.5) A continuation of Humanities 100. Note: University Transfer credit approved. To obtain equivalent credit for Fine Arts 171 and English 100 at the University of British Columbia, the student must do both terms. These courses fulfill first year English requirements and carry equivalancy for 6 hours credit in Fine Arts in the Career Art Program (Art 100-1). POST-CONFED- A course designed to follow History 110 and to focus on the development of a Canadian culture and identity. HISTORY 200 — THE CITY, 1350-1850 (F) (3,0,1) An analysis of Western European urban life, including the medieval, mercantile and early industrial eras. Special emphasis is placed on the English city. Independent Study A special, independent project for Career Program students whose primary purpose is an " i n - d e p t h " study of a business, technical, art, or education topic related to a particular career program. The student assumes responsibility for planning his project and is required to submit a statement of the problem, the research procedure or method to be employed, and an indication of the date, items, or facts to be collected to the Program Co-ordinator, prior to the calendar date for course and section changes. All project submissions are to be approved and directed by an Instructor, in consultation with the Program Co-ordinator. I N D E P E N D E N T S T U D Y 198 — I N D E P E N DENT P R O J E C T (F) (3) HISTORY 201 - THE CITY, 1800 TO THE PRESENT (S) (3,0,1) A study of North American urban life, with special emphasis placed on the history of Canadian cities. HISTORY 203 l(F) (3,0,1) L O C A L HISTORY SEMINAR A course in historical methodology which studies research techniques in theory and practice, and which involves work with North 95 Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the first year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 199 — DENT P R O J E C T (S) (3) A n audio-lingual approach which teaches students to comprehend basic Japanese. J A P A N E S E 151 (S) (3,0,1) INDEPEN- Note: T h i s course is not transferable university. Pre-requisite: Japanese 150 A continuation of Japanese 150. Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the first year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 298 DENT P R O J E C T (F) (3) Legal Studies LEGAL STUDIES 150 — INTRODUCTION TO L E G A L STUDIES I (F) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 250) INDEPEN- This is an introduction to legal concepts and to legal reasoning and is comprised of two parts. Part I is concerned with the history and development of legal institutions and the principles of common law, and will include lectures on and discussions of the relationship between law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, the doctrine of precedent, and the respective roles of lawyers, courts, and legislatures. Part II will be an introduction to public law, i.e., the law governing the relations between the federal and provincial governments, and the citizen of the state. The areas of public law to be examined are: (a) Constitutional Law: This will involve an examination of the British North America Act, the doctrines of the supremacy of parliament, the division of powers, and the nature of Canadian Federalism and (b) Criminal Law: This will involve the consideration of the basic principles of the law of crimes, the criminal code, and the Canadian Bill of Rights. Throughout the course, cases will be assigned. Current developments in the law will be stressed. Lab fee: $5.00 Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the second year of a Career Program. Japanese Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian OR Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfers and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrollment. J A P A N E S E 100 (F) (5,1.5,2) FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E A n intensive beginning course in basic Japanese, including both the spoken language and the Japanese script for students whose interests are academic as well as practical. J A P A N E S E 101 (S) (5,1.5,2) to INDEPEN- Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the first term of the second year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 299 — DENT P R O J E C T (S) (3) FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E L E G A L STUDIES 151 — INTRODUCTION TO L E G A L STUDIES II (S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 251) This course is a continuation of Legal Studies 150 and is an introduction to private law, i.e., the law governing the relationship of citizens to each other. The three fundamental areas of private law that will be covered are: property, contracts, and torts. Time permitting, the basic principles of company law, wills and trusts and family law also will be discussed. Although some statutes will be examined, the emphasis will be on decided cases and current developments in the law. Lab fee: $5.00 FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E Pre-requisite: Japanese 100 A continuation of Japanese 100. J A P A N E S E 150 - FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E (F) (3,0,1) Note: T h i s course is not transferable to university. 96 LEGAL STUDIES 152 LITIGATION PROCEDURES (F) (1.5,0,.5) (formerly Commerce 282) LEGAL STUDIES 160 - L E G A L THEORY (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 287) Introduction to the judicial process, basic pleading and trial procedure in civil and criminal litigation; correct use of Supreme Court Rules; procedures in pre-trial preparation and documents; precedents, references, and forms of citation used in case law. Lab fee: $5.00 This course will require students to examine theories of the nature and basis of law; law and ethics; law and morality; and why it is necessary to have laws. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 161 — LEGISLATIVE PROC E S S E S (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 290) A study of the electoral process in relation to the formation of federal and provincial statutes. Analysis of the relationship between legislative, administrative tribunals and the courts, the nature and limits of executive, legislative and judicial power, articulation of government policy in statutory form, translation of public policy into legislation and legal problems in implementing legislated policy. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 153 — CORPORATE PROCEDURES (F,S) (1.5,0.5) (formerly Commerce 283) An examination of the British Columbia Companies Act and the various documents and that a legal assistant or secretary must be famiiiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records office requirements, reporting companies annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 162 — P R O B L E M S IN LITIGATION (F,S) (1.5,1,.5) (formerly Commerce 292) LEGAL STUDIES 154 — LAND REGISTRY SYSTEM (F,S) (1.5,0.5) (formerly Commerce 284) Pre-requisite: Commerce 282, Legal Studies 152. This course, designed for para-legal personnel assisting in litigation, will deal with individual unique problems encountered in the process of litigation and how to anticipate or intercept difficulties. The course will be run as a workshop. Those students with work experience in this area may challenge the pre-requisite. Lab fee: $5.00 History and examination of the land registry system in British Columbia. Land Registry Act requirements; documents necessary for registration; the nature and effect of transfers and charges; search procedures will be among the topics presented. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 155 — C O N V E Y A N C E AND MORTGAGE PROCEDURES (F,S) (1.5,0.5) (formerly Commerce 285) LEGAL STUDIES 163 — P R O B L E M S IN CORPORATE PROCEDURES (F,S) (3,0,1) This course covers Interim Agreements, interim and long-term financing; Land Registry Act requirements; procedures, documents and forms involved in conveying secure title and registering various charges. Emphasis will be on preparing acceptable documents, deeds of Land, Mortgages, Agreements for Sale and necessary related forms. Lab fee: $5.00 Pre-requisite: Commerce 283 or Legal Studies 153. An advanced seminar course dealing with individual problems encountered in corporate procedures, how to anticipate them, how to avoid them and how to solve difficulties. Studdents with work experience in the field may challenge the pre-requisite. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 165 — A D V A N C E D VEYANCING (F,S) (3,0,1) LEGAL STUDIES 157 — WILLS A N D PROBATE (F,S) (1.5,0.5) (formerly Commerce 287) CON- Pre-requisite: Commerce 285, Legal Studies 155. This course is a continuation of Commerce 285 with a more intensive and in-depth approach to A L L Land Registry documents and difficult title conveyances, statements of adjustments, reconciliation. Emphasis will be placed on client approach, preparation of documents, fee structure, transfer and mortgaging of Equities, power of attorney, Sub-Right to Purchase, Strata Title transfer, foreclosure, discharges. Lab fee: $5.00 The objective of the course is to illustrate and teach principles to obtain letters probate and letters of administration from the Supreme Court of British Columbia, and will deal with principles, practice and documentation which will enable a legal assistant to probate a simple estate after the lawyer has interviewed the executor. The course will also deal with general principles illustrated by a simulated estate fact patent. Lab fee: $5.00 97 LEGAL STUDIES 166 — W O M E N AND THE LEGAL PROCESS (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) (formerly Commerce 298) LEGAL STUDIES 252 — (formerly Commerce 286) An introductory study of "torts" — the protection of personal interest from interference and the way in which the courts meet this need in a changing society. Principal topics to be studied are: intentional torts, negligence, strict liability, defamation and nuisance, concepts of standard or care, causality, duty and remoteness. Students will be required to Dre-read cases for discussion in class. Lab fee: $5.00 This course will examine the manner in which the law has affected the status of women, and will include: women and the criminal code; women and prisons; soliciting, rape, abortion; women and labour unions; discrimination in employment and pensions; human rights; affirmative action; marriage laws; maintenance; welfare; divorce; paternity; custody; common law marriages; matrimonial property, credit, contracts, citizenship and immigration. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 253 - C O M P A N Y LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 293) LEGAL STUDIES 169 - CITIZEN ADVOCACY (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 294) The law relating to corporations and partnerships in Canada; historical formation, structure and reorganization of a corporation; authority and fiduciary obligation of management; legal characteristics, rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders as the U.K., U.S., and Europe. Lab fee: $5.00 A practical course encompassing law and community action; effective groups; the law relating to civil liberties; legal aid services; the examination of the "lawyering process", analysis of skills necessary for interviewing, examining witnesses and negotiating, etc. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 254 — MUNICIPAL LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 296) LEGAL STUDIES 170 — LEGAL R E S E A R C H (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 281) A functional study of the legislative and administrative process of local government; the power and operation of municipal by-laws and their validity; municipal taxation; planning, zoning, land use and development. Lab fee: $5.00 This course will acquaint the legal secretary or assistant with the techniques and methodology of legal research and includes functions such as proof-reading briefs and other legal documents; using encyclopediae, annotated reports, restatements, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions, citations, and touches upon the basics of legal drafting. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 172 — (F,S) (3,0,1) TORTS (F.S) (3,0,1) L E G A L STUDIES 255 — REAL PROPERTY (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 295) A study of the law relating to the sale and purchase of real property with emphasis on remedies available for breach of contract; law and mortgages; law respecting landlord-tenant relationships including health and housing codes. Lab fee: $5.00 L E G A L DOCUMENTS This course deals with the drafting of legal documents, including pleadings according to the requirements of the Supreme Court Rules and case law, including writs and the more common types of action: statements of claim; defences; notices of motion with supporting affidavits and eventual orders; preparation of counsel briefs; preparation of the documents required to enforce judgments. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 256 — FAMILY LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 288) Law and the family as a unit; engagement, marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; the law in respect to child care; custody, assess, guardianship, adoption; the role of family court; juvenile courts and human resource agencies. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 250 LAW IN SOCIETY (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 279) This course will examine how the law has affected certain groups in our society, our lives and the world in which we live. The course is held as a seminar and deals with important, current, or topical issues related to the law. In the Fall of 1975 the emphasis was on the law and native people in B.C. Other areas that will be examined in the future are: Law and Ecology, Law and Media, Law and Computers, etc. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 257 — SUCCESSION (F,S) (3,0,1) The law of wills, Succession Duty Act, intestate succession, principles of probate and administration of estates, consideration of income tax regulations. Lab fee: $5.00 98 L E G A L STUDIES 258 — CRIMINAL PROCEDURES (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 289) LEGAL STUDIES 270 — LABOUR LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) An examination of the criminal Code, theory of criminal responsibility; legal elements of a crime; criminal procedure; the law respecting the use of force, rules of evidence, confession; identification procedures, and sentencing. Lab fee: $5.00 Union-Management relations; the collective bargaining process; arbitration and conciliation procedures. The Course will include detailed consideration of the B.C. Labour Code and study of decisions of the B.C. Labour Relations Board. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 259 (F,S) (3,0,1) H U M A N RIGHTS I This course is intended to give a practical background in individual rights to students. The B.C. Human Rights Act, Regulation, and Commission, will be studied as well as a selection of cases solved inside and outside of court. Procedures for investigation and for determining and submitting cases will be examined. Lab fee: $5.00 Mathematics Mathematics courses are offered which correspond to the first and second year courses at the universities. L E G A L STUDIES 260 — CRIMINOLOGY, DELINQUENCY AND PENOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) A: STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, ENGINEERING, ARCHITECTURE AND ECONOMICS. This introductory course in criminology will study the nature and cause of crime and violence; the relationship of law and crime and its treatment and prevention; the interaction between the criminal and society; the legal nature of criminal behavior; biological, psychological and sociological factors in juvenile delinquency with specific reference to the metropolitan Vancouver area; historical and contemporary justification of a rationalization for punishment; factors in probation and parole. Lab fee: $5.00 These students normally take Mathematics 112,113and 114 during their first year. Comments: (i) Mathematics 114 is not required for transfer to S.F.U. (ii) Mathematics 114 can normally be taken in an overload situation as the sixth course in the Fall or Spring Term. (iii) Mathematics 115 should be taken by students planning to specialize in Mathematics, Computing Science or Honours Physics. Since Mathematics 115 is offered only in the Fall, new students interested in these areas should consult a Mathematics Instructor prior to Fall registration. (iv) Mathematics 105 is a pre-calculus course designed to prepare students to enter the calculus sequence. It may not be transferable to the universities. (v) Mathematics 101, 102 are recommended by some science departments at S.F.U. LEGAL STUDIES 268 — CRIMINAL LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) Substantial elements of selected criminal offenses and consideration of the rules of evidence. Particular subjects include the nature of real and circumstantial evidence, burden of proof, hearsay, confession and admission, competence, compellability and witnesses. Lab fee: $5.00 LEGAL STUDIES 269 (F,S) (3,0,1) HUMAN RIGHTS II B: STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN NON-SCIENCE P R O G R A M S This course is intended to be an extensive study of Human Rights Legislation and Practice in Canada. The acts will be examined as well as the operation of the Commissions. Also the work and role of a human rights officer will be studied. Students will learn how to investigate a case, to determine the validity, and to proceed with action. Areas of public education, working with interest groups, and organizations, will be examined. Finally, the quickly growing area of the practice of Civil Liberties Law will be explored. Lab fee: $5.00 Students planning to take programs other than those listed in part A above, but require a Mathematics course to satisfy a one year science requirement normally take Mathematics 101,100 or Mathematics 101,102 The Mathematics department advises students to begin this sequence with Mathematics 101, since this provides the option of Mathematics 100 or Mathematics 102 the following term. 99 A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics, the physical sciences, the life sciences, or some discipline which requires optimization techniques. A brief review of required analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to M A X - M I N and related rate problems. Sudents will not receive credit for both Mathematics 112 and 130. MATHEMATICS TUTORIAL ROOM (NF108) This room is equipped with learning aids, calculators and reference textbooks. Students taking Mathematics courses are encouraged to make use of this area to study Mathematics, and to seek aid from the Faculty member on duty. It is available to all Mathematics students during the posted hours of operation. M A T H E M A T I C S 113 — C A L C U L U S II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 or Mathematics 130 A study of the anti-derivative; the integral; techniques of integration and applications of the integral. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 113 and 131. M A T H E M A T I C S 100 - INTRODUCTION TO C O L L E G E M A T H E M A T I C S (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11 A study of set theory; vectors and matrices, linear programming; probability, optimization techniques. M A T H E M A T I C S 101 — INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS (F,S) (3,0,1) MATHEMATICS 114 — VECTORS A N D MATRICES AND SELECTED TOPICS (F,S) (3,0,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 11 or written consent of Instructor. An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their d i s t r i b u t i o n s ; random sampling; normal distribution theory; estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. M A T H E M A T I C S 102 M E T H O D S (S) (3,0,1) - Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Mathematics 130. Mathematics 112 may be taken consecutively. An examination of systems of linear equations; vectors; matrices, determinants and linear programming, complex numbers, Taylor's expansion. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 114 and 140. STATISTICAL M A T H E M A T I C S 115 — INTRODUCTION TO A N A L Y S I S I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 or written permission of the Instructor or Mathematics 130. A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics, Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; introduction to continuity. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 115 and 132. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 101 A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including: t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two way analysis of variance, c h i - s q u a r e tests and regression analysis. MATHEMATICS 105 - PRE-CALCULUS MATHEMATICS (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: This course may be transferable to university. Pre-requisite: Some experience with mathematics at the grade 12 level, such as Mathematics 91 or a term's work in Mathematics 12, or the written approval of the Co-ordinator. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs and trigonometry. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who wish to take an introductory course in physics but are weak in mathematics. STUDENTS P L A N N I N G TO T A K E 200 L E V E L MATHEMATICS SHOULD SEEK ADVICE FROM MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTORS M A T H E M A T I C S 200 - LINEAR A L G E B R A (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 114 or Mathematics 140 or written permission of the instructor. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. M A T H E M A T I C S 201 - A B S T R A C T A L G E B R A (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two semesters of mathematics courses. M A T H E M A T I C S 112 - C A L C U L U S I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12 or Mathematics 030 100 A n introduction to groups, rings, fields, complex numbers, polynominals, the fundamental theorem of algebra. M A T H E M A T I C S 220 - INTRODUCTION TO C O M P U T E R P R O G R A M M I N G (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Any two first year Mathematics courses or written permission of the instructor. A n introduction to PLI or F O R T R A N programming for simple scientific calculations, as well as various data processing problems in statistics and accounting to provide a general understanding of c o m p u t e r s and specific experience in writing and executing some simple programs. M A T H E M A T I C S 221 — E L E M E N T S C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E (S) (3,0,1) OF P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 220 or written permission of the instructor. A study of computer organizations, machine, assembler and programming languages; algorithms; applications to numerical and nonnumerical problems. M A T H E M A T I C S 2 3 0 - C A L C U L U S III (3,0,1) (F) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 and 113 or Mathematics 130 and 131 with at least a " C " standing in each. Mathematics 200 should be taken concurrently if not already completed. A course for students proceeding w i t h mathematics, physics or chemistry, and including a study of differentiation; extrema of functions of two variables; parametric representation, vector valued functions and the line integral. M A T H E M A T I C S 231 - C A L C U L U S IV (3,0,1) MEDIA MEDIA 050 — DOCUMENTARY FILM APPLICATIONS (F,S) (1,0,.5) (OPEN) Documentary Films, their applications and utilization will be explored in this course. This film course is designed for people working in Adult Education and who wish to make more use of film as an educational tool. Lab fee: $5.00 (S) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 230 The techniques and applications of multiple integration, infinite series, and ordinary differential equations. MEDIA 051 (OPEN) VIDEO STUDIES (F,S) (1,0,.5) An introduction to the role of video in a variety of community situations. Students will study the effect of TV on our society and look at other uses for video in affecting change. Lab fee: $5.00 M A T H E M A T I C S 232 - INTRODUCTION TO A N A L Y S I S II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 113 and Mathematics 115 with at least " C " grades. (Mathematics 113 may be taken concurrently with the written permission of the instructor). Continuity, differentiation, integration, mean value theorem, fundamental theorem of calculus, boundedness, power series. MEDIA 052 — S M A L L FORMAT MEDIA STUDIES (F,S) (1,0,-5) (OPEN) The uses of small format educational media will be explored in this course. Filmstrips, slide tape, still photography and other media will be discussed and analysed. Lab fee: $5.00 101 MEDIA 053 - FILM STUDIES (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A study of contemporary and historical films. The lectures, discussions, and assignments will be based on films shown in the class and on selected readings in film history, criticism, and history. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $10.00 MEDIA 059 - AUDIO APPLICATIONS (F,S) (1,0,-5) (OPEN) A course designed for people who wish to make more effective use of their tape recorders and who wish to learn simple editing procedures. Lab fee: TBA MEDIA 064 — FILM U S A G E (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course in film making for amateur film makers. The class will cover film aesthetics and techniques for beginners. Topics to include camerawork, editing, titling, use of sound, and choice of equipment. Students to use their own equipment and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. MEDIA 072 BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in beginning photography. Similar to Technology 183, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $25.00 MEDIA 060 — GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS (F, S,SU) (1,0,.5) (OPEN) The use of graphics as it applies to media production. Lettering, silkscreening and other forms of graphics will be studied as they apply to media such as film, TV, slide tape, overhead transparencies. Lab fee: TBA MEDIA 073 — A D V A N C E D PHOTOGRAPHY (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Technology 185, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $25.00 MEDIA 074 — BASIC FILM MAKING (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in film making, similar to Technology 253. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $30.00 MEDIA 061 — SLIDE — TAPE PRODUCTIONS (F.S.SU) (1,0,-5) (OPEN) A course designed for people wishing to improve their present skill in slide tape productions. Students will produce a slide tape using their own slides and sound tracks. MEDIA 081 — BASIC AUDIO PRODUCTION (SU) (3,0,1) (OPEN) An introduction to the basics of audio production techniques for students not enrolled in the Media Resources Program. * Lab fee: $15.00 MEDIA 062 - PHOTOGRAPHIC USAGE (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) An introduction for beginning photographers. The course will cover such topics as exposure, depth of field, treatment of motion, choice of lenses, basic lighting, creativity in photography, and purchasing of equipment. Participants to supply their own cameras and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. MEDIA 151 — GRAPHICS FOR MULTIMEDIA PRODUCTIONS (S) (3,0,1) A course in audio-visual graphics to produce graphics appropriate for use in slide-tape shows, animated films, etc. Lab fee: $15.00 MEDIA 063 - A D V A N C E D PHOTOGRAPHIC USAGE (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course in advanced photography for experienced photographers. In a given term the class might centre on free lance photography, creative photography, photojournalism, or other advanced topics. Students to use their own equipment. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. MEDIA 152 - GRAPHICS FOR THE MEDIA SPECIALIST (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the equipment and techniques used by the graphic designer in media productions. Most of the course is devoted to studio a s s i g n m e n t s , i n v o l v i n g lay-out and typography, photography, silkscreen and overhead transparencies and their application to media production. Lab fee: $15.00 102 MEDIA 153 — FILM ANIMATION (S) (3,0,1) An introduction to film animation techniques using Super 8 film, basic motion picture camera and studio lighting techniques in lectures, demonstrations and workshop exercises, including a wide range of film animation media; drawing on film; bleaching; table top animation; cutouts; camera animation of graphics and photographs; titling and basic animation cell techniques. Lab fee:$20.00 MEDIA 154 — MEDIA APPLICATIONS I (F) (6,0,2) A n introduction to the educational and social uses of media. Emphasis will be on projects involving basic media; photography, graphics, transparencies, etc. MEDIA 155 — (3,0,1) MEDIA APPLICATIONS II (S) Intermediate course in the educational and social uses of media. Introduction to theories of learning, communication systems, and educational applications. MEDIA 161 (F) (3,0,1) PHOTOGRAPHY The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as editing, layout and presentation. Lab fee: $25.00 MEDIA 187 — AUDIO PRODUCTION (S) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Technology 180. A n introduction to basic production techniques for educational materials including information-sending documentaries, dramas a t i r e , dramatization and s p e c i a l learning formats, interviewing, scripting, editing and m i x i n g ; basic technical aspects of audio equipment and performance specifications as well as special uses of audio materials, such as language labs, directed study and information retrieval sytems. Lab fee: $15.00 Research and background techniques for media productions. The role of the media specialist in consultation with clients and content experts in interviewing, and in utilizing libraries, newspapers, and other sources of material. Lab fee: $30.00 TECHNICAL APPLICATIONS I MEDIA 253 — FILM MAKING (F) (6,3,2) A n introduction to basic motion picture p r o d u c t i o n ; c a m e r a , f i l m stock, l i g h t i n g ; exposure controls; lenses and perspectives; camera movement, pictorial and directional c o n t i n u i t y ; e d i t i n g , t i t l i n g , s c r i p t i n g , with emphasis upon film as a graphic medium. A production course e m p h a s i z i n g continuity, dramatic and educational films, utilizing Super 8 equipment. TECHNICAL APPLICATIONS Capabilities and limitations of audio, slide tape, film animation, and video portapack systems. Practical experience in care and maintenance of these systems. MEDIA 171 (S) (3,0,1) ADVANCED MEDIA 189 - R E S E A R C H METHODS FOR THE MEDIA SPECIALIST (S) (3,0,1) A beginning course to familiarize students with the c a p a b i l i t i e s a n d limitations of e q u i p m e n t . Practical e x p e r i e n c e in care, maintenance and s i m p l e repairs of s t i l l cameras, projectors, and other basic equipment. MEDIA 163 — II (S)MS 1(3,0,1) MEDIA 185 (S) (3,3,1) MEDIA 254 — MEDIA APPLICATIONS III (F) (3,3,1) Further work in uses and applications of media in a field setting. The role of the Resource Center in an institution. S M A L L FORMAT TELEVISION Introduction in television production. The course will center on uses of the half-inch portable " r o v e r " system. Lab fee: $25.00 MEDIA 256 — LEARNING RESOURCES CENTRE (S) (3,3,1) MEDIA 183 - THEORY A N D APPLICATIONS OF PHOTOGRAPHIC PRODUCTION (F) (6,3,2) Pre-requisite: Technology 300, Education 258 A course in which the student will produce a plan of an audio-visual resource in relation to the developing concept of total learning resources services. A beginning course in photographic theory and practice, examining basic principles of camera operation; exposure; developing and Printing. Lab fee: $25.00 103 MEDIA 302 — INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA PRODUCTIONS (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. A n advanced course in media productions, including audio, slide tape, film, v.t.r. and e.t.v. as these relate to educational and training needs, with production styles for specific needs and a u d i e n c e s . A f i e l d practicum course involving one or more assignments. MEDIA 260 — AUDIO VISUAL GRAPHICS (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Technology 185. Whenever possible, Technology 178 and Technology 251 should be taken concurrently. A basic course in the principles of graphic information and preparation of graphic materials for classroom instructional purposes, film or television productions, including workshop assignments with colourtone t e c h n i q u e s ; photographic paste-up and reduction techniques; the production of diagrams; basic display and flow charts. Most exercises will be designed to serve the needs of production work pursued in Technology 178 and 253. Lab fee:$15.00 MEDIA 303 — THE MEDIA SPECIALIST IN EDUCATION AND TRAINING (S) (3,6,1) (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, triggers, information transmission, emotive learning and s e l f - a w a r e n e s s ; the relationship of the Media Specialist to education in g e n e r a l , with e m p h a s i s on the tasks confronting him. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. MEDIA 261 — TECHNICAL APPLICATIONS III (F) (3,0,1) Capabilities and limitations of television and film systems. Practical experience in use, care and maintenance of those systems. MEDIA 263 — TECHNICAL APPLICATIONS IV (S) (3,0,1) Designing of systems for media production and delivery. Includes budgeting and purchasing of equipment systems, accommodation of systems designing to institutional needs and resources, and interfacing of different types of systems. MEDIA 271 EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION SYSTEMS (F) (6,0,2) A production course in medium format television, including portable V2" and 1 " videotape equipment; single-camera productions, documentaries, and full studio productions. Training includes camera work, directing and switching, lighting, editing, graphics, telecine. Lab fee: $30.00 MEDIA 287 — AUDIO FOR FILM A N D TELEVISION (F) (3,0,1) Techniques of audio recording, editing, and dubbing in film and television production. MEDIA 301 - SPECIALIZED INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS(S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of the speciality courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. An advanced course in the planning and preparation of special graphic and instructional aids for classroom, film and t.v. productions, as well as the study of production techniques, colourtone production and other display media. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. 104 Music T H E O R E T I C A L STUDIES M U S I C 0 1 0 - THEORY I (S) MUSIC 100 (3,1,1) T H E O R Y IV (F) (3,2,1) A study of music from ca. 1600 to ca. 1800. A study of harmony: triads, non-harmonic materials, dominant seventh and d e r i v a t i v e s , secondary d o m i n a n t s , s i m p l e m o d u l a t i o n . Elementary forms, analysis of 17th and 18th century literature. Sight singing, melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Keyboard harmony: playing of cadence types, modulation to closely related keys, realization of elementary figured bass. A course designed to teach music rudiments including: the staff, the clefs, notes and rests, major and minor scales, intervals and chords. Ear training will include recognition of all intervals — melodically and harmonically, major, minor, augmented and d i m i n i s h e d triads. Sight singing will encompass examples in duple and triple metre in major and minor keys using stepwise and disjunct melodic motion. MUSIC 101 - T H E O R Y V (S) (3,2,1) A course designed to emphasize sight singing and ear training. A study of music of the mediaeval age (ca. 900 to ca. 1400). Gregorian chant to 3-part writing, notation, rhythmic modes, church modes, cadential formulas. A study of music from ca. 1800 to the dissolution of tonality. Chromatic harmony and an introduction to 20th century techniques. Extended forms and analysis of 19th and early 20th century literature. Keyboard harmony: improvisation, figured bass in baroque style. Sight singing and dictation. MUSIC 257 - MUSIC 2 0 0 - T H E O R Y VI (F) MUSIC 256 — T H E O R Y II (F) T H E O R Y III (S) (3,2,1) (3,2,1) An intensification of ear training and sight singing techniques. A study of the music of the Renaissance (ca. 1400 to ca. 1600). Sixteenth century counterpoint, the development of tonality, a survey of the work of the theorists. Attention will also be paid to analysis and composition. (3,0,1) This course will offer a study of the various uses of chromaticism, pedal point, and parallelism in tonal harmony. It will begin a study of traditional forms and continue with aural training started in Theory IV and V, concentrating on melodic and rhythmic dictation, sight-singing, and chord recognition. 105 MUSIC 111 — MUSIC APPRECIATION (S) (3,1,1) MUSIC 201 - THEORY VII (S) (3,0,1) This course will continue with the study of form and ear training. It will also -introduce the student to harmonic counterpoint, modal writing, " b l u e s " harmony, and advanced techniques for chord voicing. A continuation of Music 110. MUSIC 120 - HISTORY I (F) MUSIC 121 MUSIC 158 - ORCHESTRATION (F) (3,0,1) A study of music history from the time of ancient Greece to Dufay. (3,1,1) HISTORY II (S) (3,0,1) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. A course in the basics of orchestration intended to give the student a working knowledge of the orchestral instruments and some electronic devices used in commercial music. MUSIC 190 — HISTORY III (F) (3,0,1) A study of music history from Monteverdi to Beethoven. MUSIC 191 HISTORY IV (F) (3,0,1) A study of music from Beethoven to the present. MUSIC 270 — A R R A N G I N G I (F) (3,0,3) This course will survey various basic arranging techniques. A thorough study will be undertaken of sectional writing from two part through the concerted big band. —• melodic and rhythmic variation — 2 horn section writing — 3 horn section writing — block harmony — openvoicings — adding tensions to block harmony — approach techniques — tension resolve — independent bass instrument MUSIC 192 - HISTORY O F J A Z Z (S) (3,0,1) A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. A P P L I E D STUDIES CLASS I N S T R U M E N T S MUSIC 1 6 2 - C L A S S STRINGS (F) (3,2,1) A practical study of the violin family. MUSIC 271 - A R R A N G I N G II (S) (3,0,2) This course will offer study of advanced arranging techniques. It will include introductions and modulations, endings and background writing, and a methodical application of these to various styles of rock, jazz, and popular music. — background writing — five part harmony — dominant harmonization of a line — practical application of theoretical work with voicing in fourths, modal writing, and chord voicing. — writing in specific styles — introductions, endings, modulations MUSIC 1 6 3 - C L A S S STRINGS (S) (3,2,1) A continuation of Music 162. M U S I C 180 — P I A N O C L A S S (F,S) (1.5,2,.5) Group piano lessons for music majors. MUSIC 181 - PIANO C L A S S (F,S) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 180. MUSIC 280 — PIANO C L A S S (F) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 181. MUSIC 281 - PIANO C L A S S (F) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 280. MUSIC 188 — GUITAR C L A S S (F) HISTORICAL STUDIES MUSIC 1 1 0 - M U S I C A P P R E C I A T I O N (F) (3,1,1) A study of western music through a penetrating look at various parameters. Rhythm, metre, and tempo; pitch; tone colour; dynamics, attach and decay; texture. Special attention will be paid to student creations using various parameters. (1.5,0,-5) Group guitar lessons. MUSIC 189 - GUITAR C L A S S (S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 188. ENSEMBLES Music 150, 151, 252, 253 all have 4 sections. Section 1 is choir, section 2 is orchestra, section 1 3 is stage band, and section 4 is small e n s e m b l e s . A l l e n s e m b l e s will perform publicly. MUSIC 150 E N S E M B L E (F,S) Group performance experience. (3,1,1) MUSIC 151 — E N S E M B L E (F,S) A continuation of Music 150. (3,1,1) MUSIC 252 — (F,S) MUSIC 253 E N S E M B L E (F,S) A continuation of Music 252. ENSEMBLE MUSIC 177 —IMPROVISATION (1.5,0,-5) (S) A continuation of Music 176. MUSIC 276 — I M P R O V I S A T I O N A continuation of Music 177 (1.5,0,.5) (F) MUSIC 277 — I M P R O V I S A T I O N A continuation of Music 276 (1.5,0,.5) (S) (3,1,1) (3,1,1) MUSIC 178 - A continuation of Music 151. R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) (3,0,1) A practical study of s p e c i a l i z e d music literature. The music from historical periods being studied will depend upon the literature written for the students instrument or voice. Particular attention will be paid to style. This class will perform publicly. INDIVIDUAL STUDIES MUSIC 164 - PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A course primarily designed to permit the student to pursue in-depth study of his/her own music speciality from qualified music instructors in the community. Students will be expected to show progress at the beginning and the end of the term for the Capilano College Music Faculty in order to assist the evaluation by music faculty in conjunction with the private music teacher. The course consists of ten half-hour lessons. Note: This course is available to those students enrolled in 15 credit hours of music curriculum. Those students with less than 15 credit hours of music curriculum and who desire credit for Music 164 must consult the Music Co-ordinator prior to registration. MUSIC 179 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) A continuation of Music 178. (3,0,1) MUSIC 254 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) A continuation of Music 179. (3,0,1) MUSIC 255 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) A continuation of Music 254. (3,0,1) THERAPY STUDIES MUSIC 140 — MUSIC THERAPY I (F) (3,0,0) This course will study the development of music as therapy and its relationships to psychotherapy, art therapy, play therapy, psychodrama, and music education. Students will study the science from the time of Pythagorus to contemporary investigations of Steiner, Orff, Modaly, and Nordoff-Robbins. The course will attempt to create new techniques for every unique setting, thus exploring adoptability and creativity in therapy. MUSIC 165 — P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 164. MUSIC 264 — P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 165. MUSIC 265 — PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 264. MUSIC 141 - MUSIC THERAPY II (S) (3,0,0) This course is a continuation of Music 162. Students will be encouraged to extend their awareness of the range of music and their sense of style. The course will analyze the effective impact of music and students will log impressions for future use. MUSIC 176 — I M P R O V I S A T I O N (F) (1.5,0,.5) A course designed to teach the basics of jazz improvisation through the study of chord scales and their application in harmonic progression. 107 PHILOSOPHY 201 — METAPHYSICS AND EPISTEMOLOGY (F) (3,0,1) MUSIC 360 — PRACTICUM I (F) (6,0,2) • This is the first of a four part practicum sequence. During the first part of the term the student will observe different settings at various institutions in the community. The student shall then gradually assume responsibility as a student assistant in one of the institutions. Weekly seminars shall be held during the term. MUSIC 361 - PRACTICUM II (S) An introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does free will exist? Is sense perception a primary or reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not an historically oriented course, it will cover some of the classical attempts to answer these questions. (6,0,2) The student participates as a student assistant in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. PHILOSOPHY 210 - METAPHYSICS A N D EPISTEMOLOGY (F) (3,0,1) A course concerned with human knowledge and understanding. Some questions posed are: How do we know anything about the world? Are our senses our only source of knowledge? Is there mystical knowledge? Does our language determine our world view? Is there a limit to what science can tell us? While this is not an historically oriented course, it will cover some of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Philosophy All of the Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Prospective philosophy majors should consult the faculty of the university of their choice. PHILOSOPHY 101 INTRODUCTORY PHILOSOPHY (F) (3,0,1) An investigation of political and moral philosophy, metaphysics, and epistemology, with emphasis on the relationship between law and morality; civil disobedience; the right to revolt; reason and passion; existentialism; Communism; feminism; doubt and certainty; perception and illusion; the nature of reality. The emphasis of this course may vary from instructor to instructor, and it is suggested that prospective students consult the outlines of different instructors' courses when registering. PHILOSOPHY 211 ISTEMOLOGY (S) METAPHYSICS AND EP(3,0,1) A continuation of Philosophy 210. Physics PHILOSOPHY 102 — INTRODUCTORY PHILOSOPHY (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Philosophy 101. Note: There is no pre-requisite for this course (one does not need completed credit in Philosophy 101 to take it). Students entering the College are welcome to begin their introduction to philosophy with this course. A l l first-year Physics courses include biweekly laboratory periods. PHYSICS 104 - PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS I (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: No Physics pre-requisite. Mathematics 12, Mathematics 100 or Mathematics 030 is required. This course, together with Physics 105, will serve as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. They are intended for students not taking further studies in science. Physics 104 is also a preparatory course for Physics 110. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics, and heat. PHILOSOPHY 200 — POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (S) (3,0,1) A problem and concept oriented course which seeks to provide an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and actions. This is not a study in the history of political thought, and every effort is made to view problems from contemporary perspectives. 108 PHYSICS 105 — PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS II (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 104 or 110 A continuation of Physics 104, emphasizing electricity, magnetism, gravitation, relativity, light, quantum theory, and nuclear physics. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Heat, temperature, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory,and physical optics. This course, together with Physics 201, 210, and 211, is required for students majoring in physics or chemistry. PHYSICS 110 — G E N E R A L PHYSICS I (F,S) (3,1.5,1) PHYSICS 201 (3,0,1) E L E C T R I C CIRCUITS (S) Pre-requisite: Physics 200, Mathematics 230, Mathematics 231 is a pre- or co-requisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electric and magnetic fields; fundamentals of a.c. theory; LR, R C , LRC circuits; resonance; mechanical analogs; forced and damped oscillations. Pre-requisite: Physics 12, Physics 11, or Physics 104; and Mathematics 12 or 030. Mathematics 12 or Mathematics 112 is a pre- or co-requisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, moment u m , rotation, g r a v i t a t i o n , v i b r a t i o n , and special relativity. PHYSICS 210 — PHYSICS L A B O R A T O R Y 1 (F) (1,3,1) Pre-requisite: as for Physics 200, which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods and electrical measurements. PHYSICS 111 — G E N E R A L PHYSICS II (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 110 and Mathematics 130 or 112. Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114 are pre- or co-requisites. Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, wave optics, and atomic and nuclear physics. PHYSICS 211 - PHYSICS L A B O R A T O R Y II (S) (1,3,1) Pre-requisite: as for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three-hour lab in electron dynamics, electricity, and electronics. PHYSICS 154 - G E N E R A L PHYSICS: E L E C TRICAL T E C H N O L O G Y I (F) (2,2,2/3) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Physics 11 and Chemistry 11. A study of basic electricity, with emphasis on Coulomb's law; lines of force; resistivity, capacitance, and electro-chemistry; basic magn e t i s m , i n c l u d i n g magnetic induction and intensity; electromagnetic induction, including Faraday's and Lenz's law; use of a.c. and d.c. generators, transformers and inductors; semiconductor theory, including physics of transistors and diodes. Two hours of lecture plus two hours of lab per week. PHYSICS 220 — M E C H A N I C S I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 110, Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114. Mathematics 230 is a pre- or co-requisite. Elementary mechanics of particles using calculus, central forces, viscous forces. This course, together with Physics 221, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in mathematics or computer science. PHYSICS 155 — G E N E R A L PHYSICS: E L E C TRICAL T E C H N O L O G Y II (S) (2,2,2/3) P H Y S I C S 221 M E C H A N I C S II A N D S P E C I A L R E L A T I V I T Y (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 220, Mathematics 230. Mathematics 231 is a pre- or co-requisite. A continuation of Physics 220 to rigid body dynamics. A n introduction to special relativity using space-time. Pre-requisite: Physics 154 A study of mechanics, including kinematics; Newton's laws; equilibrium; angular motion; energy and momentum; heat and thermodynamics; wave motion, including electromagnetic theory; sound waves, and topics such as r e f r a c t i o n , diffraction and p o l a r i z a t i o n ; modern physics, including relativity, quantum mechanics, atomic and nuclear phenomena. Two hours of lecture plus two hours of labs per week. Political Science PHYSICS 200 - H E A T , K I N E T I C , T H E O R Y A N D OPTICS (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 111 and Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114. Mathematics 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 100 - C O M P A R A T I V E G O V E R N M E N T (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the elements of govern- 109 POLITICAL SCIENCE 201 — INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) ment and politics in a comparative perspective with the role of the executive, legislature, bureaucracy, and the judiciary, as well as the role of the citizen and his or her socialization studied in various countries. A study of aspects of global conflict and world politics. The course provides students with the background necessary for an understanding of sources of power, techniques of wielding influence and the formulation of foreign policy. The approach to the course will be by case studies: origins of the Cold War, decolonization, formation of the United Nations, local and global wars, international organizations, international trade, resource crisis, detente, and disarmament. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 100 — SPL C O M P A R A TIVE G O V E R N M E N T (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Political Science 100 open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis. Two visits to the Lynnmour Campus or other satellite centres will be required of all registered students; these visits to be arranged by the student and instructor. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 202 — G O V E R N M E N T A N D POLITICS OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A (S) (3,0,1) POLITICAL SCIENCE 101 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y IDEOLOGIES (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) This course will examine the government structure and political process of B r i t i s h Columbia. One section of this course will be run on an independent study basis in conjunction with Sociology 201. An introduction to the implicit and explicit political ideas expressed in the political process. The course examines the sources, adaptions, and practitioners of contemporary ideologies including Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism, Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism (Communism). Psychology POLITICAL S C I E N C E 120 — PUBLIC POLICY (F) (3,0,1) This course will look at the structure and organization of the administrative branch of government at all three levels of government, but in particular the municipal. It will examine the role and function of regulatory bodies and tribunals of the area of citizen interactions with the administrative branch. Students interested in psychology should discuss their plans with members of the department or with an advisor from Student Services. At present a student may transfer up to six one-semester courses to local universities or colleges. Psychology 100 is a pre-requisiste for all psychology courses. It is recommended that students who plan to specialize in psychology at the university take Psychology 100 and 101. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 199 - INTRODUCTION TO L A B O U R RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) N.B. — This course is specifically designed for the Administrative Science and Office Technology students. P S Y C H O L O G Y 100 — INTRODUCTION TO PSYC H O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A course designed to expose the student, using a problem-centered basis, to the discipline of psychology. The course will look at such areas as growing up, mental health, altered states of consciousness, liberation and oppression, sexuality, intelligence and personality. Relevant psychological concepts will be brought in to aid in an understanding of these social issues. This course deals with trade unions in Canada in an historical and current context. The course investigates the methods of settling industrial disputes, e.g., collective bargaining, grievance procedures, mediation, strikes and lock-outs. Included is an analysis of federal and provincial labour legislation. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 200 G O V E R N M E N T (F) (3,0,1) CANADIAN A study of the processes, ideologies and government structures which make up the Canadian political reality. One section of this course is run as an independent study basis and students may elect to take this course in combination with Sociology 200. PSYCHOLOGY 101 — BEHAVIOURAL THEORY (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 This course presents a theoretical examination of basic concepts in psychology. In- 110 P S Y C H O L O G Y 220 — THEORY OF PERSONALITY (S) (3,0,1) eluded in the readings and discussions will be concepts from such areas as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, emotion, abnormal and social psychology, personality and development psychology. Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytical theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Fromm, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in the area. PSYCHOLOGY 200 — SOCIAL P S Y C H O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the dynamics and effect of groups on individual human behaviour. The course entails a project-oriented look at such topics as attitudes and attitude-change, group processes, leadership, perception, and an introduction to humanistic psychology. P S Y C H O L O G Y 201 (3,0,1) PSYCHOLOGY 222 OLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) ABNORMAL PSYCH- Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. The course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. G R O U P DYNAMICS (F,S) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the behaviour of people in small groups, including research methods, verbal and non-verbal communication, interaction dynamics, interpersonal influence and perception, sensitivity and encounter groups, group therapy for normals, and contemporary theories of human interaction. The student will have an opportunity intellectually to explore the dynamics of small groups, and to experience what goes on when he interacts with others. Recreation P S Y C H O L O G Y 204 — DEVELOPMENTAL PSYC H O L O G Y (F) (3,0,1) R E C R E A T I O N 150 - OUTDOOR TION A R E A S (F) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. Weather, climate, and related vegetation and soil features as recreational factors, land use and planning techniques, Canada land inventory as a planning tool, types of outdoor recreation areas, surveying techniques, orienteering. RECREA- R E C R E A T I O N 151 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION E N V I R O N M E N T (S) (3,2,1) PSYCHOLOGY 205 — THE P S Y C H O L O G Y OF AGING (S) (3,0,1) Geomorphology and cartographic techniques related to outdoor recreation, introduction to m a p p i n g and remote sensing t e c h n i q u e s , environmental planning. Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. A s well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through such means as community projects. RECREATION 152 — INTRODUCTION TO OUTDOOR RECREATION (F) (3,0,1) A brief historical overview of the development of recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand analysts as a planning tool, concepts and philosophies of 111 parks management in Canada and the United States, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation experience and behavior, introduction to site analysis, cultural resource management. physiological determinants? How can physical fitness be achieved and maintained? Weight control, physiological changes resulting from training and exercise; tests for physical fitness; designing fitness programs. RECREATION 153 — WORK LEISURE AND SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) R E C R E A T I O N 161 — W I L D E R N E S S B A C K P A C K I N G I (SU,F) (3,0,1) Overview of the functional roles of work and leisure in various cultural contexts. Evolution of leisure behavior in western society, the protestant work ethic, utilitarianism, class-based variations in work and leisure, modern concepts of work and leisure, nature of stress, sociological and psychological perspectives in work and leisure, current trends in leisure, leisure counselling, prognostications for the future. A n introduction to the skills of summer hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include: access to wilderness areas, equipment, first aid and survival kits, trip planning and organization, navigation, camp crafts, hiking on difficult terrain, and wilderness ecology. RECREATION 162 ING I (SU) (3,0,1) RECREATION 154 — OUTDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES (F) (3,0,1) WILDERNESS CANOE- An introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge of basic paddling in open canoes. Most of the course time is spent in canoes in water up to grade two. Overnight trip(s) are also included. Students will be expected to swim in turbulent waters with clothes on. Where applicable students will work towards the basic instructor level of Canoe Sport British Columbia. C.S.B.C. instructors and instructional format will be used throughout the course. The course will deal with the structure of delivery systems and the physical facilities which operate to deal with these delivery systems. Although the course will include a general overview in these topics, there will be an emphasis placed on outdoor systems and facilities. R E C R E A T I O N 157 - S K I L L S D E V E L O P M E N T (S) (1.5,3,V2) To broaden student's existing proficiencies in outdoor recreation skills, to develop leadership capabilities, safety consciousness in wilderness settings, and ecological appreciation of winter wilderness. R E C R E A T I O N 163 A i D I (F,S) (3,0,1) W I L D E R N E S S FIRST This course, incorporating the St. John Ambulance Standard First A i d , is adapted specifically to problems of first aid in the W i l d e r n e s s s e t t i n g . Due to this special adaptation, the course has been extended from the normally required ten lectures to fourteen lectures including classes in wilderness areas. Special e m p h a s i s is given to topics of hypothermia, frostbite, and emergency evacuation. R E C R E A T I O N 159 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION A D M I N I S T R A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in the field. A study of general business practices in the operation of the various outdoor recreation facilities, such as record-keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising, and concession agreements, l i a b i l i t i e s , laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies. RECREATION 164 - WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING I (S) (3,0,1) This is an introductory course designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on cross-country skis and snowshoes. The course includes both a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are on equipment, waxing, clothing, geographic features, fitness, nutrition and safety. Skill levels will reflect C.S.I.A. and C.S.A. instructional formats. R E C R E A T I O N 160 — P H Y S I C A L FITNESS IN T H E O R Y A N D P R A C T I C E (S,SU) (3,0,1) A n overview of the constituents of physical fitness in which the following topics are dealt with: What is physical fitness? What are its 112 RECREATION 166 — ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (F) (3,2,1) R E C R E A T I O N 173 — THODS (S) (3,0,1) An introduction to the philosophies and concepts of environmental education and lifespace evaluation. Students are encouraged to develop a questioning attitude in reviewing individual and group response to contemporary and post-contemporary environmental phenomena. Baseline interpretive skills are promoted which include such features of the British Columbia landscape as flora and fauna, astronomy, geomorphology and urban conditions. Students will gain insight into the use of activity vehicles such as bicycling, canoeing, hiking, and cross-country skiing. Pre-requisite: Recreation 172 Topics in this course include estimation, hypothesis testing, linear regression, correlation, some non-parametric tests, and elementary computing techniques. STATISTICAL M E - R E C R E A T I O N 250 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION E C O L O G Y (F) (3,2,1) A study of plant and a n i m a l ecology, land-man relationships, conservation theories and ecological principles as a basis to recreation land management. RECREATION 251 — OUTDOOR RECREATION ENVIRONMENTAL M A N A G E M E N T (S) (3,2,1) Habitat management for fish and wildlife, environmental carrying capacities, land use practices, land classification, ethics and values implicit in recreational planning. R E C R E A T I O N 170 — W I L D E R N E S S R E C R E A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) NOTE: This course is open to the public. Students will be charged an activities fee. An introductory course in wilderness recreation, designed as an overview of the components which make for a safe and comfortable experience in a wilderness area at different seasons of the year for different activities. The course discusses the i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p of people's needs and the environment. General topics w i l l include l e a d e r s h i p , n a v i g a t i o n , general geography, first aid and ethics. Wilderness activities will include backpacking, camping, canoeing and cross-country skiing. Previous experience in the activities is not necessary. RECREATION 254 — OUTDOOR RECREATION P R O G R A M PLANNING (F) (3,0,1) This course will explore the program planning function in outdoor recreation. Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these present problems, new philosophies to consider in programming, and seeking alternative and new methods of program planning in outdoor recreation. R E C R E A T I O N 171 — MOUNTAINEERING I (SU) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open to the public. RECREATION 255 - OUTDOOR RECREATION PRACTICUM I (S) (6,0,2) The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty member supervisor to spend a minimum of ten hours per week in an agency internship position agreed upon by their practicum faculty member, and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. The course will cover basic principles of equipment, safety, glacier travel, and climbing on rock, ice, and snow. Although the course is primarily designed for the beginner, it is flexible enough to cater to people wishing to improve their skills beyond the novice level. Lectures are in the e v e n i n g , and field experience on weekends. NOTE: A n additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. RECREATION 256 - SKILLS DEVELOPMENT RESIDENTIAL C A M P MANAGEMENT (F) (1.5,3,.5) R E C R E A T I O N 172 (3,0,1) BASIC STATISTICS (F) Students will be required to attend two residential camp experiences. Budgeting, planning, publicity, facility operations and maintenance of residential campus and outdoor education centres; financing and bookkeeping problems; associations, regulations, legal liability; programming, public relations, crisis management. This is an introductory course which develops statistical techniques to analyze outdoor recreation problems. Topics in the course include summarizing and interpreting raw data, probability, counting, random variables and their probability distributions. 113 RECREATION 264 — WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING II (S) (3,0,1) RECREATION 257 — A N INTRODUCTION TO L A N D S C A P E DESIGN A N D TECHNIQUES (F) (2,3,2/3) History of landscape design; modern philosophies and concepts; ecological, geographical and social considerations; site analysis and planning; nature of landscaping materials, plant materials, elements of good design; analysis of design; economics of landscape architecture. This course is designed to further develop skiing skill, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership quality. Lectures and field trips will include a variety of informational seminars and teaching experiences concerned with crosscountry skiing. C.S.I.A. and C.S.A. instructional standards will be promoted throughout the duration of this course. RECREATION 271 — MOUNTAINEERING II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mountaineering I, Federation of Mountain Clubs Basic Mountaineering course, equivalent training and experience acceptable to instructor. Students should expect to take a skills test prior to course commencement. The courses will train leaders in the principles and techniques of Mountaineering leadership up to and including an intermediate level on both snow and ice, and on rock. R E C R E A T I O N 259 - SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (F) (1.5,3,V2) To develop specialized skills related to the students' employment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography and another outdoor recreation skill of their own choosing. R E C R E A T I O N 261 — W I L D E R N E S S B A C K P A C K I N G II (SU) (3,0,1) Note: An additional fee will be received to cover field trip expenses. The course objective is to further involve students with wilderness backpacking skills in an atmosphere of safety, enjoyment and environmental understanding. Emphasis will be directed towards the development of leadership experience as it applies to individual and group requirements in wilderness settings. Special attention will be focused on survival techniques, solo e x p e r i e n c e , first a i d , e n v i r o n m e n t a l perception study and special group study. R E C R E A T I O N 360 LOG B O O K E X P E R I E N C E (PRACTICUM) (S,SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: First two years of the program in one of the three specialty areas. Students will keep detailed logs of all wilderness trips which they organize and lead for one year period. The logs will be evaluated upon completion of the practicum period, and successful completion of the course will lead to Wilderness Leadership Certificate. RECREATION 262 — WILDERNESS CANOEING II (SU) (3,0,1) This course is designed to further develop paddling skill, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership quality. Trips will range from day to multi-day events. In addition there will be a workshoip series to include canoe construction and repair, landscape interpretation and first-aid simulation. Where applicable the course format and instructors will be taken from Canoe Sport British Columbia. R E C R E A T I O N 263 — AID II (F,S) (3,0,1) Religious Studies Religious Studies courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at all universities in British Columbia. Students who wish to concentrate on one facet of religion or one religious tradition are encouraged to make an appointment with the instructor for enrollment under special arrangements. W I L D E R N E S S FIRST Pre-requisite: Recreation 163. Emphasis will be placed on the application of first aid techniques in Wilderness settings under conditions of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and where there are problems of evacuation. Some practical sessions will be deferred to field trips taken in second year activity courses in all three programs. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 102 — INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF RELIGION I (F) (3,0,1) An introduction to the study of religion that will attempt to give students an appreciation of the nature and function of religion and in the discipline of Religious Studies. Topics will 114 i include theories on religious experience, the need for religion and religion as ultimate concern. Topics discussed will be presented through contemporary literary works. Course format will include lectures (where appropriate), discussions and seminars as well as guest speakers and visits to religious institutions. Testament, Law, Prophets and Writings through historical, theological and literary perspectives, and how specific Old Testament texts have influenced contemporary and subsequent literature through the ages. Format will include lectures, discussions and small seminars. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 211 — THE BIBLE: NEW TESTAMENT (S) (3,0,1) RELIGIOUS STUDIES 103 — INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF RELIGION II (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Religious Studies 210 that will focus on the New Testament writings. Topics will include Jesus' life and teaching, the formation of the Early Curch and Christian theology and of specific themes that have influenced subsequent literature of the West. Some literature especially contemporary will be studied. A continuation of Religious Studies 102. Focus will be on six specific themes, free will, salvation, alienation, secularism, church, myth and how each of these is portrayed in the major religious traditions of man. Readings will include contemporary religious and literary writings and selections from religious texts such as the Bible, Koran, Bhagavad Gita, Tao Te Ching, etc. Course will include guest speakers and field trips to various religious services. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 200 — THE WEST (F) (3,0,1) Retail Fashion FASHION 150 FASHION AND C O N S U M E R (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) RELIGIONS OF An examination of fashion from the viewpoint of the c o n s u m e r ; human behaviour and consumer behaviour in relation to clothing are discussed. An investigation and analysis of the religions of»the West: Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Emphasis will be on the origins and contemporary beliefs, rites, and forms of worship in each of the three religions dealing with the ultimate concerns of man. Course will include guest speakers and field trips to religious services. , FASHION 151 M A R K E T I N G (S) TEXTILE AND APPAREL (3,0,1) (OPEN) A n overview of the total marketing channel for textiles and apparel products, from product development to retail consumer distribution. Offered only in Squamish in 1976. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 201 — THE EAST (S) (3,0,1) THE RELIGIONS OF FASHION 152 FASHION W O R K R I E N C E I (F) (3,0,1) An investigation of the religions of India: Hinduism, Jainism, Sikhism, Buddhism; and interaction of Buddhism with Taoism and Confucianism in China; and the development of Japanese religious traditions including Shintoism and Zen Buddhism. Attention will be paid to the origins, development and contemporary beliefs of these religions with particular emphasis on specific themes such as suffering, revelation, salvation and existence. Course will include guest speakers and field trips to religious services. EXPE- A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, such as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas. The work experience continues through four terms and is co-ordinated and supervised by a College Fashion instructor. . Offered only in Squamish in 1977. F A S H I O N 154 — P E R S O N A L D E V E L O P M E N T FOR T H E F A S H I O N E M P L O Y E E (F) (3,0,1) This course deals with the basic grooming procedures, appropriate cosmetics, figure control (exercise) a professional wardrobe, nutrition, self-awareness and inner confidence. It considers the service of the public and a s e n s i t i v i t y to inter-personal relations. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 210 - THE BIBLE: OLD TESTAMENT (F) (3,0,1) A team-taught course between members of the Religious Studies and English departments. Focus will be on an examination of the Old 115 FASHION 155 — BASIC CLOTHING C O N STRUCTION M E T H O D S (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course for students with little or no sewing background. It will include pattern layout, machine operation, current construction techniques and fitting of garments for all ages. Lab fee: $7.00 FASHION 170 HISTORY OF W E S T E R N FASHION (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A survey of fashions from the days of Ancient Egypt to the present. Investigation of major cultural forces that influence change and analysis of current fashions to discern influence of the past cultures. FASHION 172 F A B R I C S FOR T H E FASHION INDUSTRY (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A survey of the development and use of fashion fabrics including fibre identification; grouping of fibre characteristics; methods of fibre construction and f i n i s h i n g . Constant relation of these factors to the effect on development of the design, serviceability and care of fabrics. Investigation of textile labelling; legislation; promotion selling; and the development of the Canadian textile industry. Lab fee: $7.00 F A S H I O N 251 - F A S H I O N P R O M O T I O N (3,0,1) (OPEN) (S) The overall study of methods of fashion promotions. The specific study of planning fashion promotions, including theme selection according to influencing factors such as age-group appeal, promotional timing, budgets and merchandise content. FASHION 173 - HISTORY OF F U R N I T U R E (OPEN)(S) (3,0,1) A survey of furniture from the caveman to the space age with interrelation to the History of Western Fashion course and to the Introduction to Interior Design. FASHION 252 — F A S H I O N W O R K E X P E R I E N C E II (S) (3,0,1) A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, such as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas. The work experience continues through four terms and is co-ordinated and supervised by a College Fashion instructor. FASHION 176 — CLOTHING DESIGN A N D CONSTRUCTION I (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Basic principles and techniques of garment design and production; involvement in original design, pattern making, and garment construction; development of skill in solving fitting problems. M a r k e t survey of design and construction standards. Lab fee: $7.00 FASHION 2 5 6 - F A S H I O N M O D E L L I N G (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Fundamentals of poise, carriage and sense of style; individual attention to determine student's best personal qualities; make-up, hair styles, apparel selection. Live and photographic modelling techniques before an audience, such as fashion show modelling, professional make-up. Lab fee:$7.00 FASHION 177 - CLOTHING DESIGN A N D CONSTRUCTION II (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 255 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of individual designing and development of g a r m e n t s , comparison of construction techniques and design in relation to retail value; discussion of current design and designers. Lab fee: $7.00 116 FASHION 257 — M E R C H A N D I S E DISPLAY (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. T e c h n i q u e s and theory of merchandise display; arrangement and display of merchandise for educational commercial purpose. F A S H I O N 258 — N O N - T E X T I L E S A N D A C C E S S O R I E S (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) A study of the importance of accessory items to the total fashion picture, (i.e., jewelry, hats, wigs, cosmetics, handbags, gloves), marketing trends and merchandising techniques for these products. RUSSIAN 100 (3,1.5,1) FIRST Y E A R RUSSIAN (F) A comprehensive introduction to the Russian language, including grammar, conversation, translation and reading. F A S H I O N 259 — F A S H I O N M E R C H A N DISING (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) RUSSIAN 101 (3,1.5,1) A study of the principles of retail buying and selling of fashions; study of merchandising functions such as pricing, inventory control, turnover, and "open-to-buy". Pre-requisite: Russian 100 or its equivalent A continuation of the work begun in Russian 100, and, if possible to be taken immediately following Russian 100. FASHION 260 - FASHION W O R K IENCE III (F) (3,0,1) EXPER- Sociology Same as Retail Fashion 152 and 252. F A S H I O N 261 — F A S H I O N W O R K IENCE IV (S) (3,0,1) FIRST Y E A R RUSSIAN (S) EXPERAll courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial sociology, communications, government research, and related areas. Students registering for Sociology courses should note that course material is, generally, of a cumulative nature. Those who intend to major should complete Sociology 100 and 101. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward 2nd year courses. The U.B.C. transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit toward a major. Same as Retail Fashion 152, 252 and 260. FASHION 264 — INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Fundamentals of design; study of textiles, colour, wall finishes, window treatments, floor coverings and accessories; practice of roomplanning through use of floor plans and room decorating by combining furniture fabrics and accessories. Designing of a "boutique" or office to W scale with renderings. FASHION 265 - F R E N C H D R A P I N G A N D A D V A N C E D DESIGN (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 255, 262 or written permission of the Instructor. A n advanced course in the French method of draping fabric onto a form to produce a finished garment. Includes a further examination of the flat pattern method of clothing construction. SOCIOLOGY 100 — SOCIAL STRUCTURES (F) (3,0,1) Lab fee: $7.00 The course systematically covers major problems and topics of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand, and come to terms with the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine." This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, inequality, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, Russian Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ 117 laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and, in turn, how we react to that influence. NOTE: Sociology 100 and 101 transfer together as a unit to Simon Fraser University. SOCIOLOGY 101 — ORIES OF SOCIETY SOCIOLOGY 223 — CURRENT SOCIAL ISSUES (S) (3,0,1) A study of social concerns and problems as perceived by ordinary people and by sociologists. This will involve an examination of social behaviour not usually seen as problematic (e.g., consumption patterns, militarism) as well as an analysis of issues generally raised under the heading of "deviant" behaviour, i.e., crime, drug abuse, prostitution, etc. We will also examine issues that are generally agreed to be problematic, such as population growth, poverty, under-development. C O N C E P T S AND THE(S) (3,0,1) With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. We will look at the two major approaches to understanding society (functionalism and conflict theory) and employ these approaches to analyse items of current interest. NOTE: Sociology 100 and 101 transfer together as a unit to Simon Fraser University. Spanish SOCIOLOGY 200 — C A N A D I A N SOCIETY (F) (3,0,1) An introduction to the study of Canadian society,--including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change within each. Students may elect to take this course by independent study combined with Canadian Politics (Political Science 200). S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. SOCIOLOGY 201 — C A N A D I A N SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) A n advanced sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society, with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and the way in which these movements influenced the development of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a p o l i t i c s . Students may elect to take this course by independent study in combination with Political Science 201. U.B.C. At U . B . C , present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and Spanish 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans a major in Spanish may enter U . B . C . ' s Spanish 300 when he completes the Capilano courses. Note: All courses in Spanish include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. SOCIOLOGY 222 — SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS (F) (3,0,1) A musical, artistic and sociological study of creative endeavours of the twentieth century from cinema through painting and sculpture to Folk Art. Lectures are illustrated with both pictures and music. The course will relate the various art forms to the social context in which they exist; hence, it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (expressed as Art), social institutions and social behavior. The course is intended as well to be a musical and visual repast, and as much effort will be spent in developing the students' perceptual capacities as in providing her/him with a vocabulary of possible social meanings. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. 118 STUDENT SERVICES 011 — VALUES AND LIFESTYLES (S) (0,0,2) Same approach and content as Spanish 100 and 101, but done in one term on an intensive basis. P e r m i s s i o n of instructor r e q u i r e d . Recommended for those who want to achieve a language requirement quickly or who want a rapid review of basic principles. This group program will explore issues that effect our perspective on life, such as values. Formation and purpose and meaning of life. The goal of the program is to raise our awareness of the world that "tends to squeeze us into its m o l d " . A second purpose is in consequence from the first . . . "to allow for renewal of ourselves from w i t h i n " . Topics such as: despair, hopelessness, death, our experience of evil, survival of personal life, the will to meaning and the valuing process will be discussed. W e hope to involve resource persons from the college and community. SPANISH 200 - S E C O N D Y E A R SPANISH (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 100/101 or a placement test. A continuation of the work of Spanish 101 with emphasis on oral discussion of literary texts. SPANISH 201 — S E C O N D Y E A R SPANISH (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 200. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S 012 - D E V E L O P I N G A WINNING L I F E S T Y L E — A S M A L L G R O U P EXPERIENCE EMPLOYING TRANSACTIONA L ANALYSIS (F,S) (0,0,2) Transactional Analysis is a method for improving understanding of human relationships developed by Dr. Eric Berne, author of Games People Play. • In the course, T . A . will be utilized to assist participants to increase effective communication between themselves and others. Group members w i l l , through s h a r i n g with one another, be able to gain information regarding the verbal and non-verbal messages they are sending, and how each can "take charge" of his or her own life. Enrollment will be limited. An interview with M. Penn is necessary. Student Services Counselling and the Learning Assistant offer non-credit Group Programs as a service to students and the community without charge. The goals of these programs are to provide people with an opportunity to expand selfawareness, personal and career options. The programs combine elements of personal development and skills acquisition. Some programs have limited enrollment. Registration information may be gained from the Counselling Reception desk or the Group Programs brochure. S T U D E N T SERVICES 013 — PERSONAL POTENTIAL (F,S) DEVELOPING (0,0,2) The programme will consist of a series of small group exercises which are designed to help the participants clarify their values and life goals, and to investigate areas of strength. The emphasis will be on the discovery of capacities, talents and abilities which each individual has, but is often not aware of or is not using fully. If these potentialities are discovered and allowed to develop, the result is likely to be a more vital, creative and satisfying life. The programme might be especially useful to those who are faced with decisions of vocational choice. The programme may be taken separately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar of Developing a Career. S T U D E N T SERVICES 010 — D E V E L O P I N G A CAREER (F,S) (0,0,2) A ten week group program devoted to individual career decision making. The first half will assist students in an evaluation of life goals and decisions about desirable life styles. The second half will concentrate on choice of career paths to realize the chosen lifestyle. This will include information gathering, career strategies, alternative careers and career plan. The group will respond to the concerns of students in a relatively unstructured format. The programme may be taken seperately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar on Developing Personnel Potential. S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S 014 SEXUALITY W O R K S H O P (F,S) (0,0,2) A short term workshop on a fascinating and beautiful part of life will be offered for students; 119 the program will emphasize the inter-personal aspect of sexual relationships. W e intend to provide for maximum participation of the group in meaningful content and ideas. Several guests from outside the college will participate in the workshop. good reading habits, and learn of alternative reading strategies. 1) Survey of reading-study efficiency. 2) Reading physiology: eye movement and sub-vocalization. 3) Reading strategies: skimming and scanning pre-reading, and the SQ3R method. 4) Special applications: reading text books, literature, and journal articles. STUDENT SERVICES 016 - LEARNING A N D STUDY SKILLS (F,S) (0,0,2) Four intensive workshops emphasising practical learning and study techniques. Materials will include sample essay and objective tests, weekly time schedules and material to improve your reading comprehension. Each workshop will focus on a single topic. 1) Time organization, using your study time effectively. 2) Getting the most from class, taking notes, class discussion (to speak or not to speak) 3) Reading: improving your comprehension and speed. 4) Taking tests; objective and essay tests, how to study for an examination. STUDENT S E R V I C E S 017 G R O U P (F,S) (0,0,2) Theatre Arts Through the years, theatre has become an essential part of life. Without realizing it the public has become exposed to almost every side of drama. Because of this exposure, the dy-mystification of theatre has occurred. Many people are now not content just to sit back and watch. They have become curious as to the why's and wherefore's of the craft. The Theatre Arts Program is designed to give the student a well-rounded and disciplined approach to theatre. Beginning with the disciplines of the voice and body, the program will cover almost every aspect of theatre including in the final year, Performance. Transfer credits for British Columbia universities being applied for. SINGLE P A R E N T If you are a single parent who finds yourself in a rut and in need of a change, we are offering an opportunity for you to share mutual concerns. S u p p o r t , day care, r e c r e a t i o n , boredom, and loneliness could be some of the subjects discussed. The group will operate on an open discussion basis determined by the concerns you bring. THEATRE ARTS 100 — PRACTICAL ARTS OF THEATRE I (F) (3,3,1) A workshop course in the practical arts of the theatre. The student will be introduced to the training process of the actor. The process includes strengthening and disciplining the voice, relaxing and controlling the body, and using these tools to discover a creative approach to dramatization. The student will study basic mime and mask. Improvisation will be studied as a tool for acting rather than as a product. The emphasis of the first term will be on PROCESS. STUDENT SERVICES 018 — SELF-DISCOVERY (F,S) (0,0,2) Through a series of structured exercises and small group discussions, this program will provide a setting where participants can explore those factors which have been significant in their self-development. We will be investigating such areas as formative influences in childhood, personal characteristics, attitudes to self and others, and interpersonal roles. This program is designed to give participants a better understanding of themselves, their relationships with others. THEATRE ARTS 101 - PRACTICAL ARTS O F THEATRE II (S) (3,3,1) A continuation of Theatre Arts 100, however the student need not have taken the previous course to qualify. This course is designed to give the student a more intense background into the training process of the actor. Voice and body work will be used in regards to employing them as ways of expression and communication. The student will become familiar with the various methods of creating a role. The student will use improvisation to break STUDENT SERVICES 019 — READING WORKS H O P (F,S) (0,0,2) The workshop series consists of four meetings. Each is designed to develop student's ability to read efficiently with an increased rate of comprehension. Students will measure their reading and study skills level, recognize 120 down scenes. Much of the work done in this term will be emphasizing the importance of PROCESS INTO P E R F O R M A N C E . Women's Studies S.F.U. T H E A T R E ARTS 120 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E A T R E I (F) (3,0,1) Students who wish to proceed to S.F.U. and pursue further courses in Women's Studies are reminded that S.F.U. has instituted a minor program in Women's Studies. To facilitate transfer for students wishing to attend S.F.U., transfer credit has been obtained. Women's Studies 100 — General Introduction to Women's Studies has assigned credit to Women's Studies 202 at S.F.U.; and Women's Studies 110, 112, 120 and 121 have unassigned General Arts elective. Unassigned transfer credit is being sought for Women's Studies 101, 104, 105, 106 and 107. General credit is being sought for Women's Studies 192 and 193 — Women and Theatre. A n in-depth study of the theatre and its plays from the Greeks to the Renaissance. The course will include the analysis of selected plays of this period, focusing upon the development of the stage and the production means. The student will also study the period in which this type of theatre was practiced alongside the other arts and history of the times. T H E A T R E ARTS 121 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E A T R E II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Theatre 120 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of Introduction to Theatre 120, covering the plays, the development of the theatre, and the history of the period from the Restoration to the beginnings of Realism (approximately 1900). U.B.C. Unassigned university transfer credit is being sought. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 100 - INTRODUCTION TO W O M E N ' S STUDIES (F) (3,0,1) This coruse will examine the status and role of women in Canadian Society. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of female role models. Differences in women's roles due to class, status, race and region will be discussed. THEATRE ARTS 200 — THE PRACTICAL SIDE OF THEATRE (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Theatre Arts 101, Women's Studies 193, " C " grade or better, or by special permission of the instructor. An advanced course in the technical and practical aspects of performance. The student will study stage management, lighting design and execution, set design and construction, costume work, and othe areas of backstage work. The student will also become familiar with theatre etiquette and the line of authority in the different theatre formats. The student will now use the skills learned in the previous course and apply them to the various styles of dramatization. The student will study and execute scenes from Greek Tragedy up to an including the Absurdists Plays. The student will also study the proper ways of doing auditions and compiling a resume. The emphasis of this course will be on FINAL PROCESSES TOWARDS A P E R F O R M A N C E LEVEL. THEATRE ARTS 201 PERFORMANCE (S) W O M E N ' S STUDIES 101 — W O M E N AND WORK (F) (3,0,1) This course will focus on the changing work roles of women and related changes in social institutions and cultural roles. Biological, social, and economic bases for the sexual division of labour will be examined. Particular attention will be paid to the effects of the industrial revolution, and to present trends in industrialized societies — especially to increasing participation of women in the paid labour force and effects on work within the home. Canadian women's responses to changing work roles will be studied. R E H E A R S A L AND (3,3,1) W O M E N ' S STUDIES 104 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y ENGLISH-CANADIAN W O M E N WRITERS (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Theatre Arts 200 or by special permission of the instructor. During this term the student will rehearse and perform at least two One Act Plays and at least one Full Length Play for an audience. All the work done during this term will be focused on the P E R F O R M A N C E LEVEL. A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of the literature in English being produced by Canadian women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local, 121 West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the portraits of women, and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings; in addition to students' reading and discussion of the literature, there will be class visits for readings and discussion by several prominent West Coast Canadian women writers. hood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine the differences in life patterns between men and women and the effect these have on personality development and selfconcept. It will include a critical examination of male and female consciousness and the extent to which these affect and determine potential for human growth and freedom. Reference will be made to major psychological schools of though in terms of sexual bias. Non-sexist alternatives to present psychiatric practices will be explored. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 105 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y FRENCH-CANADIAN W O M E N WRITERS (F) (3,0,1) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of an appreciation of the literature being produced by French-Canadian women writers today, and, with emphasis on Quebec, to bring home the reality of the extensive contribution of women to the high level of the contemporary achievements in French-Canadian literature. Not to be offered in 1976-77 W O M E N ' S STUDIES 112 — RELIGION (S) (3,0,1) W O M E N AND This course will examine the effect of JudaicChristian thought on contemporary attitudes towards women. It will trace the development of female archetypes in biblical and early postbiblical literature, examining which of these archetypes have survived to present-day society. It will then look at Judiac laws and Christian customs and the implications these have held in the past and the present for the status of women. Attention will be paid throughout to the interdependence of culture and religion. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 106 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y UNITED STATES W O M E N WRITERS (S) (3,0,1) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of the literature being produced by U.S. women writers today; and to examine and discuss the portraits of women, and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings; and to further encourage women interested in creative artistic production to pursue their efforts, and to encourage other women to do the same, in light of the achievements of these women writers. Not to be offered in 1976-77. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 120 — W O M E N A N D THE PAST: A N HISTORICAL SURVEY (S) (3,0,1) A survey of the lives of women in previous eras. An uncovering of women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as well as public political activities will be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history". Primary data will be collected from such sources as diaries, memoirs, letters, pictures, literary works and oral interviews. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 107 — CONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN AND LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN WRITERS (IN TRANSLATION) (S) (3,0,1) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness and appreciation of the literature being produced by a wide variety of women writers today in Europe (especially France and Germany) and in Latin America, and to encourage students to become more aware of and responsive to the creative process as it is exercised by these authors within the particular circumstances common to women's role in our western society, as well as those circumstances particular to specific cultures in western society. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 121 — W O M E N A N D POWER IN WESTERN SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) An examination of concepts and definitions of power prevalent in Western society and the relationship between power and powerlessness and figures of leadership and authority; how women exercise power and the current role of women in government and world affairs. An exploration will be made into alternative avenues and structures of power, e.g., collective, in the light of the experience of the Women's Movement. Not to be offered in 1976-77 W O M E N ' S STUDIES 110 — PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN (F) (3,0,1) A psychological examination of sex-role definitions, their origins, development in child122 WOMEN'S STUDIES 150 - SOUND RESOURCES WORKSHOP FOR WOMEN (F,SU) (3,0,1) W O M E N ' S STUDIES 192 THEATRE (F) (3,0,1) An introduction to sound resources for women interested in production techniques, including a working knowledge of audio systems, recording techniques, and basic communication devices. Synthesized sound will be explored. The creative aspects of women's productions will be emphasized. A basic course on women and their influence on theatre. This course will include voice, mime, movement, improvisation and the application of these skills to explore the female experience and how it may be applied to the theatre. This class will allow women to study various types of female characters and their uniqueness through the use of monologues and scene studies. All dramatizations will be done in a studio atmosphere. There will be no public performances. WOMEN'S STUDIES 151 — VISUAL RESOURCES W O R K S H O P FOR W O M E N (S,SU) (3,0,1) A follow-up course to Women's Studies 150, with the emphasis on visual media; film, television, and graphics. Film systems, stage lighting, and other visual aspects will be explored. The "traditional role" of women as portrayed in the visual media will be examined. The actual preparation of a film with the co-operation of an established film or television studio will be accomplished. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 193 THEATRE (S) (3,0,1) W O M E N AND WOMEN AND A more advanced study of women and their role in theatre. This course will delve into the female image of the past and present. Playwrights and their concepts of womanliness and femininity will be analyzed and dramatized. "Script Study" will involve research into the various plays in order to reveal the attitudes concerning women throughout the years. Not offered in Summer of 1977 of Spring 1977. 123 Index PAGE Academic Difficulties 12 Academic Informaton 11-15 Academic Record and Official Transcript.. 12 Academic Transfer Program 14,21 Academic Year 11 Accounting and Financial Management Program 41 Administrative Assistant Option 26 Administrative Skills for Women O p t i o n . . . 26 Administrative Science and Office Technology Program 25-34 Administrative Science and Office Technology 73-79 Admission Information 7-10,53 Advanced Art Study Program 37-38 Advanced Standing 14 Agriculture 20 Anthropology 55-56 Appeal of Final Grades 12 Application for Admission 7 Applied Science Division 11,20,21,22 Art 56,62 Art Education Option 35 Art Program 35-38 Associate in Arts & Science Diploma 11 Athletics 17 Attendance 11 Auditing 13 Awards 18 Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio O p t i o n . . . 35-36 Basic Training for Skill Development and Courses 53 Bilingual Secretarial/Administrative Program 27 Biology 63-64 Bookstore 18 Bursaries 16 Business 64-65 Business Program 22 Business Management 65-70 Business Management Extended Program 39 Business Management Programs .. 22,39 - 41 Canada Manpower Centre Assistance 53 Capilano College History & Facilities 1 Career Programs 8,22,23,25 - 53 Career Students — Admission 7 Career Vocational Programs 22,23 Change of Name or Address 13 Chemical Technology Program 42-43 Chemical Technology 70-71 Chemistry 72-73 Class Description & Code 54 Clerk Typist College Certificates College Council Col lege Course Offerings College Diploma College Identification Cards College Year Commerce Commerce Vocational Division Commercial Upgrading Commercial Arts Option Commercial Music Program Community Education Computer Systems Management Program Computing Science Counselling Course Challenge Course Changes Course Credits Course Descriptions Anthropology Art Biology Business Business Management Chemical Technology Chemistry Commerce Communications Economics Education English Fine Arts French General Studies Geography Geology German Health History Humanities Independent Study Japanese Legal Studies Mathematics Media Music Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Recreation Religious Studies Retail Fasion Russian 31 11 3 54 11 12 2'3 73-79 22-23 32 37 47-48 23-24 39,41 20 16,53 15 13 13 55 -123 55-56 56-62 63-65 64-65 65-70 70-71 72-73 73-79 79-80 80-81 81-83 84-88 88,89 89-91 91 91-93 93 93-94 94 94-95 88,95 95-96 96 96-99 99-101 101-104 105-108 1°8 108-109 109-110 110-111 111-114 114-115 115-117 117 Sociology 117-118 Spanish 118-119 Student Services 119-120 Theatre Arts 120-121 Women's Studies 121-123 Course Numbering System 54 Course Overload 11 Crafts Option 36 Creative and Applied Arts Division 22 Credit Hours 11 Dean's List 18 Deferred Fees 2 - 3,9 Definition of Credit Hours 14 Dentistry 20 Dropping A Course 13-14 Early Childhood Education P r o g r a m . . . 43 - 44 Economics 8u - 81 Education 81-83 Eligibility to Register 8 Dates 2 - 3,8 New Students 7-8 Returning Students 2-3,8 Employment 23 Employment Orientation for Women .. 33-34 Engineering 20 English 84-88 English Composition Screening Examination 84 Executive Officers 3 Executive Secretarial Option Exemption Standing — Career Students .. 14 Estimated Expenses 10 Faculty 4-6 Fees 10,53 Financial Awards & Placement 16 Financial Information 8,53 Fine Arts 88,89 Foreign Students 7 Forestry 20 Fourth Instructional Hour 14 French..' 89-91 Full-Time Student — Definition 11 General information for Students 16-19 General Studies 21 General Studies Program 91 Geography 91-93 Geology 20,93 Geophysics 20 German 93-94 Governor General's Silver Medal 18 Grade Point Average 12 Grading 12 Group Programs 16 Health 94 Health Services 16 History 94-95 Home Economics Housing How to Apply Howe Sound Centre Howe Sound Allowance Humanities Incomplete Grades Independent Study Japanese Late Registration Late Registration Fee Learning Assistance Program Legal Assistant Program Legal Stenographer Vocational Legal Studies Option Legal Studies Library Services Loans Marketing Management Program Mathematics Media Media Resources Program Medicine Merit List Music MusicTransferProgram Music Programs Music Therapy Program Nursing Official Transcript Office Technology Program Outdoor Recreation Programs Outdoor Recreation Management Program Parking Part-Time Student — Definition Permanent Student Number Pharmacy Philosophy Physics Placement Bureau Plagiarism Political Science Pre-Registration Interviews Program for the Developmentally Handicapped Provisional Standing Psychology Programs of Study Public Administration Option Recreation Refunds Refund Deadline Registration Religious Studies Repeating A Course 20 16 7 10 9 88,95 12 95-96 96 2 - 3,9 2 - 3,9 18 28 32 29,30 96-99 18 16 41 99-101 101-104 46-47 20 18 105-108 48 47-49 49 20 12 30 49-51 49-51 17 11 13 20 108 108-109 16 19 109-110 8 44-45 13 20-24 40 111-114 9 9,10 2-3,7-8,53 114-115 13 Residency Status 7 Retail Fashions Program 51-52 Retail Fashion 115-117 Returning Students 2-3,8 Russian 117 Satellite Centres 1 Scholarship 16 Science General Information 21-22 Science Elective For Non-Science Students 21-22 Secretarial Program 30,31 Section Changes 13 Self Paced Learning 24 Sociology 117-118 Spanish 118-119 Special Fee Waiver For Senior Citizens 9 Squamish 1.10 Statement of Grades 12 Status of Students 11 Student Course and Work Load 25 Student Records 16 Student Responsibilities 16 Student Services 119-120 Student Services Centre 16 Athletics 17 Counselling.. 16,53 Financial Aid 16 Group Programs 16 Health Services 17 High School Equivalency Examinations 16 Housing 16 Lost and Found 17 Parking Placement Bureau School Liaison Student Activity Student Records Testing Student Society Fee Testing Services Theatre Arts Transcripts Transfer Programs B.C.l.T B.C. Public Colleges General University V.C.C. Summer Term Tfansfer Credit Travel Assistance — Howe Sound Students Tuition Fees Visitors Vocational Basic Skill Development Courses Vocational Legal Stenographer Vocation Programs and Upgrading Courses When to Apply Wilderness Backpacking Option Wilderness Canoeing Option Wilderness Leadership Program Withdrawal Women's Studies Women's Studies Program 17 16 17 17 16 16 8 16 120,121 12 14 14 14 14 14,19 14 14 9 9,10,53 13 53-54 23 53-54 8 51 51 51 13,14 121,123 24 2055 PURCELL WAY NORTH VANCOUVER BRITISH COLUMBIA V7J 3H5 TEL. 980-7511 ffffffl ^ Mmf Canada Po«t Posts* Canada H Postage orfO PortDaW t / Third Troisieme class class© 155 North Vancouver, B.C. Printed in Canada by Mitchell Press Limited